WO2014192716A1 - Method for producing color filter, composition for forming base layer, and organic el display device - Google Patents

Method for producing color filter, composition for forming base layer, and organic el display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014192716A1
WO2014192716A1 PCT/JP2014/063909 JP2014063909W WO2014192716A1 WO 2014192716 A1 WO2014192716 A1 WO 2014192716A1 JP 2014063909 W JP2014063909 W JP 2014063909W WO 2014192716 A1 WO2014192716 A1 WO 2014192716A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
underlayer
mass
color filter
composition
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/063909
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
薫 青柳
秀知 高橋
誠一 人見
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to KR1020157032410A priority Critical patent/KR20150143679A/en
Publication of WO2014192716A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014192716A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/0622Polycondensates containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C08G73/0638Polycondensates containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms with at least three nitrogen atoms in the ring
    • C08G73/0644Poly(1,3,5)triazines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/02Polyamines
    • C08G73/026Wholly aromatic polyamines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/02Polyamines
    • C08G73/0273Polyamines containing heterocyclic moieties in the main chain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D179/00Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09D161/00 - C09D177/00
    • C09D179/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/28Interference filters
    • G02B5/285Interference filters comprising deposited thin solid films
    • G02B5/287Interference filters comprising deposited thin solid films comprising at least one layer of organic material
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/30Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission
    • H10K59/38Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission comprising colour filters or colour changing media [CCM]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a color filter, and more particularly to a method for manufacturing a color filter using an underlayer having a predetermined refractive index.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a mode in which CT-2010 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) is used as a base layer (undercoat layer) of the colored layer.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a color filter that is excellent in adhesion of a colored layer to be formed and in which generation of a residue during formation of the colored layer is suppressed.
  • an underlayer forming step of forming an underlayer having a refractive index of 1.60 or more at a wavelength of 633 nm on a support Colored layer formation which forms a colored layer on a base layer using a colored radiation-sensitive composition containing (A) a colorant (preferably a pigment), (B) a polymerization initiator, and (C) a polymerizable compound.
  • a method for producing a color filter comprising: (2) The method for producing a color filter according to (1), wherein the colorant is a pigment, and the content of the pigment is 45% by mass or more based on the total mass of the colored radiation-sensitive composition. (3) The manufacturing method of the color filter as described in (1) or (2) in which a base layer contains the organic compound whose refractive index in wavelength 633nm is 1.60 or more. (4) The method for producing a color filter according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein the underlayer contains a triazine ring-containing polymer.
  • An organic EL display device having an organic EL element, a base layer, and a colored layer
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a method for producing a color filter that is excellent in the adhesion of the formed colored layer and that suppresses the generation of residues when the colored layer is formed.
  • (meth) acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth) acryl represents acryl and methacryl
  • (meth) acryloyl represents acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • “monomer” and “monomer” are synonymous.
  • the monomer in the present invention is distinguished from an oligomer and a polymer and refers to a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less.
  • the polymerizable compound means a compound having a polymerizable functional group, and may be a monomer or a polymer.
  • the polymerizable functional group refers to a group that participates in a polymerization reaction.
  • the “radiation” as used in the present invention means a substance including visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, electron beam, X-ray and the like.
  • the “colored layer” in the present invention means a layer composed of pixels and / or a black matrix used for a color filter.
  • a feature of the method for producing a color filter of the present invention is that an underlayer having a predetermined refractive index is used.
  • this base layer is used, irregular reflection at the time of exposure when forming the colored layer is reduced, the residue of the unexposed portion due to leaked light is reduced, and the adhesion of the colored layer is also improved.
  • the underlayer contains a triazine ring-containing polymer as described later, the triazine skeleton has a planar structure, so the benzene ring structure in the colored layer and the planar structure in the colorant interact with each other. It is easy and the adhesion of the colored layer is further improved.
  • the method for producing a color filter of the present invention includes at least a base layer forming step and a colored layer forming step.
  • a base layer forming step and a colored layer forming step.
  • the base layer forming step is a base layer forming step of forming a base layer having a refractive index of 1.60 or more at a wavelength of 633 nm on the support. First, the support used in this step is described in detail, and then the underlayer is described in detail.
  • the type of the support is not particularly limited as long as it is a base material that can support the base layer.
  • a photoelectric conversion element substrate (a substrate for a solid-state imaging element) (for example, a silicon substrate, an oxide film, silicon nitride, or the like) used for a solid-state imaging element or the like can be given.
  • other layers such as an intermediate layer may be provided between the support and the colored layer described later as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the coloring layer to be described later may be formed on the imaging element formation surface side (front surface) of the solid-state imaging element substrate, or may be formed on the imaging element non-formation surface side (back surface).
  • a light-shielding film may be provided between the image sensors on the solid-state image sensor substrate or on the back surface of the solid-state image sensor substrate.
  • the base layer has a refractive index of 1.60 or more at a wavelength of 633 nm, and the adhesion of the colored layer is further improved, or the generation of residue is further suppressed (hereinafter simply referred to as “the effect of the present invention is more excellent. 1.65 or more is preferable, and 1.70 or more is more preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is usually 2.0 or less in many cases.
  • the refractive index can be measured using an ellipsometer manufactured by JA Woollam Japan. The measurement conditions are 633 nm, 25 ° C., and an average value of 5 points is adopted.
  • the thickness of the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.2 to 1.0 ⁇ m and more preferably 0.2 to 0.4 ⁇ m from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the component contained in the underlayer is not particularly limited as long as it is a material exhibiting the above-described refractive index, but an organic compound having a refractive index of 1.60 or more at a wavelength of 633 nm is preferable, and contains a triazine ring, because the effects of the present invention are more excellent. Polymers are preferred.
  • a metal particle or a metal oxide particle is not substantially contained in a base layer at the point which the effect of this invention is more excellent. “Not substantially contained” means that the total content of metal particles and metal oxide particles in the underlayer is 0.01% by mass or less, and preferably 100 ppm or less.
  • the surface flatness of the underlayer is further improved, and as a result, the adhesion with the colored layer disposed on the underlayer is further improved.
  • the triazine ring-containing polymer will be described in detail.
  • the triazine ring-containing polymer is a polymer containing a triazine ring in its structure, and is selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by the following formulas (1A) to (4A) in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • a triazine ring-containing polymer having at least one of the above is preferable.
  • * indicates a bonding position.
  • the total content of the repeating units represented by the formulas (1A) to (4A) is not particularly limited, but in the triazine ring-containing polymer, the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the total repeating unit is preferably 50 to 100 mol%, more preferably 80 to 100 mol%.
  • R 1A and R 2A each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group.
  • R 3A represents an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylamino group, an alkoxysilyl group-containing alkylamino group, an aralkylamino group, an arylamino group, an alkoxy group, an aralkyloxy group, or an aryloxy group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, and in view of further improving the heat resistance of the polymer, the number of carbons is more preferably 1-10, and even more preferably 1-3.
  • the structure may be any of a chain, a branch, and a ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group is preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms in consideration of further improving the heat resistance of the polymer.
  • the structure of the alkyl moiety may be any of a chain, a branch, and a ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 40.
  • the number of carbon atoms is more preferably 6 to 16, and more preferably 6 to 13.
  • the aralkyl group preferably has 7 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl moiety may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aralkyl group, alkylamino group, aralkylamino group, and arylamino group the description in paragraphs 0020 to 0025 of WO 2010/128661 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are described in this application. Incorporated in the description.
  • the alkoxysilyl group-containing alkylamino group may be any of monoalkoxysilyl group-containing alkylamino group, dialkoxysilyl group-containing alkylamino group, trialkoxysilyl group-containing alkylamino group, and specific examples thereof include WO2010 / 128661. And the groups described in paragraph 0026 of the No. Specific examples of the aryloxy group and the aralkyloxy group include the groups described in paragraph 0027 of WO2010 / 128661.
  • Ar represents a divalent organic group containing one or both of an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring.
  • the aromatic ring include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, and an anthracene ring.
  • the heterocyclic ring includes pyridine ring, pyrazole ring, triazole ring, thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, oxazole ring, thiadiazole ring, pyrrole ring, isoxazole ring, thiophene ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring. Etc.
  • Ar represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 8), —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —N (R) — (in addition to an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring.
  • R an alkyl group), —CO—, —NH—, —COO—, —CONH—, or a combination thereof (for example, an alkyleneoxy group, an alkyleneoxycarbonyl group, an alkylenecarbonyloxy group, etc.) Also good.
  • groups represented by formulas (3) to (19) are preferable.
  • groups represented by formulas (6) to (19) are preferred, and groups represented by formulas (6), (8), (9), (12), (13) and (15) to (19) are preferred. More preferred.
  • R 1 to R 128 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a sulfone group, an alkyl group which may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • An alkoxy group which may have a branched structure is represented.
  • W 1 , W 2 and W 3 are each independently a single bond, CR 130 R 131 (R 130 and R 131 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • An alkyl group (which may be combined together to form a ring), —C ( ⁇ O) —, —O—, —S—, —SO—, — SO 2 — or —NR 129 —
  • R 129 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • Examples of these alkyl groups and alkoxy groups are the same as those described above.
  • Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group which may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a group represented by the formula (20).
  • R 132 to R 135 are independently of each other a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a sulfone group, an alkyl group which may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • An alkoxy group which may have a branched structure is represented.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an alkylene group which may have a single bond or a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the halogen atom, alkyl group and alkoxy group are the same as those described above.
  • alkylene group that may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, and a pentamethylene group.
  • Suitable Ar includes a divalent organic group containing a fluorene ring.
  • a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (21) or (22) is preferable.
  • R 136 to R 159 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a sulfone group, or an alkyl group which may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (provided that R 158 and R 159 may combine together to form a ring.), Or represents an alkoxy group which may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • a halogen atom the same thing as the above is mentioned.
  • Examples of the alkyl group which may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include the same ones as described above.
  • Examples of the ring formed by R 158 and R 159 together include a cyclopentyl ring and a cyclohexyl ring.
  • Examples of the alkoxy group which may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include the same groups as described above.
  • R 136 to R 159 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • a group represented by the following formula is more preferable because a polymer having a higher refractive index can be obtained.
  • a rigid structure having a cyclic skeleton such as a fluorene skeleton or a carbazole skeleton is preferable as the Ar portion because the Ar portion tends to gather closely and the electron density is improved.
  • a simple benzene ring also has a small structure, it is preferable because Ar portions are easily gathered densely and the electron density is improved.
  • a linking group of a benzene ring such as W 1 a functional group such as a carbonyl-containing group or an amine having a high hydrogen bonding ability is a hydrogen atom at the amine site (R 1A and / or R 2A is a hydrogen atom). In this case, a hydrogen bond is formed, and the Ar portion is more likely to gather more densely, which is preferable because the electron density is improved. From the above viewpoints, a group represented by the following formula is preferable.
  • An aryl group represented by the following formula is more preferable from the viewpoint of expressing a higher refractive index.
  • Suitable repeating unit structures include, but are not limited to, those represented by the following formula (23) or (24).
  • the polymer when the polymer is a hyperbranched polymer, it is preferable to include a repeating unit structure represented by the formula (25) in consideration of further increasing the solubility of the polymer in a highly safe solvent such as a resist solvent. .
  • R 1A , R 2A , and R 77 to R 80 represent the same meaning as described above. From such a viewpoint, as a particularly preferable repeating unit structure, one represented by the following formula (26) is exemplified, and a hyperbranched polymer (hyperbranched polymer) represented by the following formula (27) is optimal.
  • R 1A and R 2A represent the same meaning as described above.
  • the production method of the triazine ring-containing polymer having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1A) or (2A) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the methods described in paragraphs 0051 to 0069 of WO2010 / 128661.
  • Formula (3A) will be described.
  • Ar in the formula (3A) is not particularly limited as long as it is a divalent organic group containing one or both of an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring, but in the present invention, the above formula (3) to Any of the groups represented by (19) is preferred, and any of the groups represented by formulas (10), (11), (13) and (14) is particularly preferred. In the case of the formulas (10) and (11), those in which W 1 and W 2 are S (sulfur atom) are preferable.
  • Specific examples of the groups represented by the above formulas (3) to (19) include those represented by the following formula, but are not limited thereto.
  • an aryl group represented by the following formula is more preferable because a polymer having a higher refractive index can be obtained.
  • an aryl group represented by the following formula is more preferable from the viewpoint of expressing a higher refractive index.
  • Suitable examples of the repeating unit structure include those represented by the following formula, but are not limited thereto.
  • the production method of the triazine ring-containing polymer (hyperbranched polymer) having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (3A) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the methods described in paragraphs 0036 to 0048 of JP2012-97175A. It is done. Next, Formula (4A) will be described.
  • R 4A to R 9A each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group optionally substituted with W. Or a naphthyl group optionally substituted by W.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenylene group optionally substituted with W.
  • W represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a hydroxy group, and n represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more.
  • the alkyl group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, but in view of further improving the heat resistance of the polymer, the carbon number is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkoxy group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, but in view of further improving the heat resistance of the polymer, 1 to 5 carbon atoms are more preferable, and 1 to 3 carbon atoms are even more preferable.
  • the structure of the alkyl moiety may be any of a chain, a branch, and a ring.
  • the structure of the alkyl group or alkoxy group is not particularly limited, and the description of the alkyl group described in paragraphs 0019 and 0020 of JP2012-097176 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • phenyl group which may be substituted with W include a phenyl group, o-hydroxyphenyl group, m-hydroxyphenyl group, p-hydroxyphenyl group, o-methoxyphenyl group, m-methoxyphenyl group, p -Methoxyphenyl group, o-tolyl group, m-tolyl group, p-tolyl group and the like.
  • the naphthyl group which may be substituted with W include ⁇ -naphthyl group, ⁇ -naphthyl group and the like.
  • the alkylene group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, but in view of further improving the heat resistance of the polymer, it is more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Further, the structure may be any of a chain, a branch, and a ring. Specific examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a trimethylene group, a propylene group, a tetramethylene group, and a pentamethylene group.
  • phenylene group that may be substituted with W include p-phenylene group, m-phenylene group, o-phenylene group, and at least one hydrogen atom of these phenylene groups is substituted with W, And those substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a hydroxy group.
  • R 4A to R 9A are preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and most preferably a methyl group.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • n is not particularly limited as long as it is 0 or an integer of 1 or more, but is preferably 0 or an integer of 1 to 8.
  • Suitable repeating unit structures in the present invention include, but are not limited to, those represented by the following formulas. In the formula, n is the same as described above.
  • the production method of the triazine ring-containing polymer having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (4A) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the methods described in paragraphs 0028 to 0044 of JP2012-97176A.
  • the triazine ring-containing polymer contained in the undercoat layer is also preferably a polymer obtained by curing a polymerizable monomer containing at least a polymerizable monomer represented by the following formula (10A).
  • one or two of X 4 to X 6 are the formula (11A) or the formula (12A) (in the formula (11A), R 142 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Or the remainder of X 4 to X 6 is the group represented by formula (13A) or formula (14A) (in formula (13A), R 143 and R 144 each independently represent a phenyl group or a naphthyl group.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 500 to 500,000, more preferably 1000 to 100,000, from the viewpoint of further improving heat resistance and reducing the shrinkage rate. It is preferably 2,000 or more, preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 10,000 or less from the viewpoint of further increasing the solubility and decreasing the viscosity of the obtained solution.
  • the weight average molecular weight in this invention is an average molecular weight obtained by standard polystyrene conversion by gel permeation chromatography (henceforth GPC) analysis. In the present invention, a commercially available high refractive index resin can be suitably used.
  • the product names (product numbers) are listed below.
  • the content of the polymer in the underlayer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 40% by mass or more, and more preferably 70 to 95% by mass with respect to the total mass of the underlayer in terms of more excellent effects of the present invention.
  • other components for example, surfactant, adhesion improving agent, etc.
  • surfactant and the adhesion improver include those described in the surfactant and adhesion improver contained in the colored radiation-sensitive composition described later.
  • the underlayer may further contain a high refractive index low molecular compound.
  • the high refractive index low molecular compound may be a low molecular compound (high refractive index low molecular compound) having a structure that expresses a high refractive index, and may contain a polymerizable group. That is, the high-refractive-index low-molecular compound may be a “polymerizable monomer” (compound containing a polymerizable group) or a “low-molecular compound” (compound containing no polymerizable group), but is preferably a “low-molecular compound”. .
  • the molecular weight of the high refractive index low molecular compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, and even more preferably 600 or less.
  • the high-refractive-index low-molecular compound also functions as a sensitivity adjusting agent in the underlayer-forming composition, and by optimizing the content, the yield can be improved in the film formation process.
  • the content of the high refractive index low molecular compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 7% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or less based on the content of the triazine ring-containing polymer.
  • the refractive index can be further increased as compared with the triazine ring-containing polymer alone.
  • the high-refractive-index low-molecular compound preferably has the same structure as the structure that expresses the high-refractive index of the triazine ring-containing polymer.
  • Specific examples of the high refractive index and low molecular weight compound include a compound having a triazine ring structure (formula (A)) and a compound having a fluorene structure (formula (B)).
  • the compound having a triazine ring structure and the compound having a fluorene structure may further contain a polymerizable group (for example, a radically polymerizable group (eg, (meth) acryloyl group or vinyl group)).
  • a polymerizable group for example, a radically polymerizable group (eg, (meth) acryloyl group or vinyl group)
  • the said high refractive index low molecular weight compound may be contained in the composition for base layer formation mentioned later, and it is preferable that the content is the said range.
  • the formation method in particular of a base layer is not restrict
  • a composition for forming an underlayer containing a material for forming an underlayer such as the polymer described above is applied onto a support, and a curing treatment (for example, a heat treatment and / or an exposure treatment) is performed as necessary.
  • the method of implementation can be adopted.
  • the coating method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a spray method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method (spin coating method), and a bar coating method.
  • the underlayer-forming composition is preferably a transparent composition.
  • the composition has a rate of 90% or more over the entire wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm.
  • the base layer is preferably a film having a light transmittance of 90% or more over the entire wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm when the film thickness is 1.0 ⁇ m.
  • the light transmittance is preferably 95% or more, more preferably 99% or more, and most preferably 100% over the entire wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm. It is preferable that the underlayer-forming composition does not substantially contain a colorant described later.
  • the content of the colorant is preferably 0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
  • the underlayer forming composition may contain a crosslinking agent, a solvent, a surfactant, an adhesion improver, and the like, if necessary.
  • examples of each of the solvent, the surfactant, and the adhesion improver include those described in the solvent, surfactant, and adhesion improver contained in the colored radiation-sensitive composition described later.
  • crosslinking agent if it is a compound which has a substituent which can react with the polymer mentioned above, it will not specifically limit.
  • examples of such compounds include melamine compounds having a crosslinkable substituent such as a methylol group and methoxymethyl group, substituted urea compounds, compounds containing a crosslinkable substituent such as an epoxy group or an oxetane group, and blocked isocyanates.
  • a compound having an acrylic group is preferred.
  • salts such as NaCl
  • 100 mass ppm or less is preferable, and 50 mass ppm or less is more preferable. 1 mass ppm or more is preferable, and 5 mass ppm or more is more preferable.
  • the salt content is less than or equal to the predetermined value, the occurrence of film defects is further suppressed.
  • by adding a small amount of salt it functions as a pattern shape adjusting agent, and it is easy to form a desired pattern when forming a pattern with photolithography.
  • the salt content can be adjusted by filtration.
  • a colored radiation-sensitive composition containing (A) a colorant (preferably a pigment), (B) a polymerization initiator, and (C) a polymerizable compound is formed on the base layer described above. It is the process of forming a colored layer using.
  • the color of the colored layer is not particularly limited and can be appropriately adjusted depending on the type of the colorant used, and examples thereof include a red colored layer, a green colored layer, a blue colored layer, and the like. Also good.
  • the colored radiation sensitive composition used at this process is explained in full detail first, and the procedure of the post process is explained in full detail.
  • the colored radiation-sensitive composition contains at least (A) a colorant (preferably a pigment), (B) a polymerization initiator, and (C) a polymerizable compound.
  • A a colorant (preferably a pigment)
  • B a polymerization initiator
  • C a polymerizable compound
  • the type of the colorant is not particularly limited, and chromatic pigments (red, magenta, yellow, blue, cyan, green, etc.) or black pigments or dyes are used.
  • chromatic pigment various conventionally known inorganic pigments or organic pigments can be used.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the pigment is 0.01 ⁇ m. Is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 0.05 m.
  • the inorganic pigment examples include metal compounds represented by metal oxides, metal complex salts, and the like. Specifically, iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, titanium, magnesium, chromium, zinc, antimony, Mention may be made of metal oxides such as silver, and composite oxides of metals. Titanium nitrides, silver tin compounds, silver compounds, and the like can also be used.
  • Examples of the pigment that can be preferably used in the present invention include the following. However, the present invention is not limited to these.
  • an inorganic pigment may be used as the pigment, and examples of the inorganic pigment include a metal pigment, a metal-containing inorganic pigment made of a metal compound or a metal oxide, and carbon black.
  • the composition may be used not only for the formation of colored regions (pixels) of a color filter, but also for the formation of a black matrix.
  • black pigments used in a composition for forming a black matrix include carbon, titanium black, oxidation
  • a pigment made of a metal mixture containing a metal oxide such as titanium oxide can be used.
  • Examples of commercially available titanium black include, for example, Titanium Black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R, 13R-N, Ako Kasei Co., Ltd., Tilac D, manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation. .
  • a pigment having an average particle diameter (r) satisfying 20 nm ⁇ r ⁇ 300 nm, preferably 125 nm ⁇ r ⁇ 250 nm, particularly preferably 30 nm ⁇ r ⁇ 200 nm is desirable.
  • the “average particle size” means the average particle size of secondary particles in which primary particles (single crystallites) of the pigment are aggregated. The average primary particle diameter can be determined by observing with an SEM or TEM, measuring 100 particle sizes in a portion where the particles are not aggregated, and calculating an average value.
  • the particle size distribution of the secondary particles of the pigment that can be used in the present invention is 70% by mass of secondary particles having an average particle size of ⁇ 100 nm. As mentioned above, it is desirable that it is 80 mass% or more. In the present invention, the particle size distribution was measured using the scattering intensity distribution.
  • the pigment having the above average particle size and particle size distribution is preferably a commercially available pigment mixed with a dispersant and a solvent together with other pigments used (the average particle size is usually more than 300 nm).
  • the pigment mixture can be prepared by mixing and dispersing while pulverizing using a pulverizer such as a bead mill or a roll mill. The pigment thus obtained is usually in the form of a pigment dispersion.
  • the content (concentration) of the pigment contained in the composition is preferably 40% by mass or more and more preferably 45% by mass or more in the total solid content of the composition in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • 50 mass% is more preferable.
  • limiting in particular about an upper limit Preferably it is 75 mass% or less.
  • limiting in particular as dye A well-known dye can be selected suitably and can be used.
  • JP-A-8-62416 JP-A-2002-14220, JP-A-2002-14221, JP-A-2002-14222, JP-A-2002-14223, JP-A-8-302224
  • the chemical structure includes pyrazole azo, anilino azo, triphenyl methane, anthraquinone, anthrapyridone, benzylidene, oxonol, pyrazolotriazole azo, pyridone azo, cyanine, phenothiazine, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine,
  • a dye such as xanthene, phthalocyanine, benzopyran, or indigo can be used. These dyes may be multimers.
  • Dispersants include polymer dispersants (eg, polyamidoamines and salts thereof, polycarboxylic acids and salts thereof, high molecular weight unsaturated acid esters, modified polyurethanes, and modified polyesters). , Modified poly (meth) acrylates, (meth) acrylic copolymers, naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensates), polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate esters, polyoxyethylene alkyl amines, alkanol amines, pigment derivatives, etc. Can do.
  • polymer dispersants eg, polyamidoamines and salts thereof, polycarboxylic acids and salts thereof, high molecular weight unsaturated acid esters, modified polyurethanes, and modified polyesters.
  • the polymer dispersant can be further classified into a linear polymer, a terminal-modified polymer, a graft polymer, and a block polymer from the structure thereof.
  • the polymer dispersant is adsorbed on the surface of the pigment and acts to prevent reaggregation. Therefore, a terminal-modified polymer, a graft polymer and a block polymer having an anchor site to the pigment surface can be mentioned as preferred structures.
  • the pigment derivative has an effect of promoting the adsorption of the polymer dispersant by modifying the pigment surface.
  • the content of the dispersant in the composition of the present invention is preferably 1 to 100% by mass, more preferably 3 to 100% by mass, and further preferably 5 to 80% by mass with respect to the pigment. Further, it is preferably 10 to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a polymerization initiator. Only one type of polymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used, and in the case of two or more types, the total amount falls within the following range.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass with respect to the solid content of the composition of the present invention. Is more preferable. Within this range, good sensitivity and pattern formability can be obtained.
  • the polymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of a polymerizable compound by either or both of light and heat, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.
  • polymerization initiator that decomposes at 150 to 250 ° C. is preferable.
  • the polymerization initiator that can be used in the present invention is preferably a compound having at least an aromatic group.
  • acetophenone compounds trihalomethyl compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, and oxime compounds
  • paragraphs 0506 to 0510 of JP2012-208494A (corresponding to [ 0622 to 0628]) and the like can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is more preferably a compound selected from the group consisting of oxime compounds, acetophenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone initiator described in JP-A-10-291969, an acylphosphine oxide initiator described in Japanese Patent No.
  • the compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842 can also be used.
  • the oxime-based initiator commercially available products IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) and IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • the acetophenone-based initiator commercially available products IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) can be used.
  • acylphosphine initiator commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) can be used.
  • oxime initiator oxime polymerization initiator
  • the following formula (OX-1) of paragraph 0513 of JP2012-208494A (corresponding to [0632] of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/235099) ), (OX-2) or (OX-3) can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • oxime initiators examples include TRONLY TR-PBG-304, TRONLY TR-PBG-309, TRONLY TR-PBG-305 (manufactured by CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO., LTD) Commercial products can also be used.
  • the description of the polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0092 to 0096 of JP2012-113104A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • a resin composition having high curing sensitivity and good developability can be provided.
  • the oxime initiator is a compound described in JP 2012-113104 A and after column 0030.
  • the general formula is represented by the general formula (I) described in claim 1 of the method of JP 2012-113104 A, more preferably represented by the general formula (IA) described in claim 3. These descriptions can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • a sensitizer may be contained for the purpose of improving the radical generation efficiency of the polymerization initiator and increasing the photosensitive wavelength.
  • a sensitizer that sensitizes the polymerization initiator by an electron transfer mechanism or an energy transfer mechanism is preferable.
  • the sensitizer include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0101 to 0154 of JP-A-2008-32803.
  • the content of the sensitizer in the composition of the present invention is 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass in terms of solid content from the viewpoint of light absorption efficiency to the deep part and starting decomposition efficiency. Is preferable, and 0.5% by mass to 15% by mass is more preferable.
  • a sensitizer may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the polymerizable compound may be a compound that is polymerized by the polymerization initiator, and a known polymerizable compound can be used. Among these, from the viewpoint of polymerizability, an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond can also be used, and has at least one terminal ethylenically unsaturated bond, preferably two or more. Preference is given to using compounds.
  • a polymerizable compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “polyfunctional monomer”) is preferable as the polymerizable compound in that the adhesion of the colored layer is more excellent.
  • polyfunctional monomer Such compounds are widely known in the industrial field, and can be used without particular limitation in the present invention.
  • the polyfunctional monomer in this invention may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the polyfunctional monomer used in the present invention is preferably a (meth) acrylate monomer.
  • the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP-A-2009-288705 can also be suitably used in the present invention.
  • radical polymerizable monomers represented by the following general formulas (MO-1) to (MO-6) can also be suitably used.
  • T is an oxyalkylene group
  • the terminal on the carbon atom side is bonded to R.
  • n is 0 to 14, respectively, and m is 1 to 8, respectively.
  • a plurality of R, T and Z present in one molecule may be the same or different.
  • T is an oxyalkylene group
  • the terminal on the carbon atom side is bonded to R.
  • At least three of R are polymerizable groups.
  • n is preferably 0 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • m is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • R is
  • radically polymerizable monomer represented by the above general formulas (MO-1) to (MO-6) include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0248 to 0251 of JP-A No. 2007-26979. Can also be suitably used in the present invention.
  • dipentaerythritol triacrylate (KAYARAD D-330 as a commercial product; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku) Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku) And a structure in which these (meth) acryloyl groups are interposed via ethylene glycol and propylene glycol residues.
  • These oligomer types can also be used. Examples thereof include RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
  • the polyfunctional monomer used in the present invention is particularly preferably at least one selected from a compound represented by the following general formula (i) and a compound represented by the general formula (ii).
  • E represents — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) —, respectively, Each represents an integer of 1 to 10, and X represents a hydrogen atom, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, or a carboxyl group, respectively.
  • the total number of acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups is 3 or 4, each m represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each m is an integer of 1 to 40.
  • the total of acryloyl group and methacryloyl group is 5 or 6
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 10, respectively, and the total of n represents an integer of 1 to 60, respectively.
  • E represents — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) —, and — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)-is preferred.
  • Each y represents an integer of 1 to 10, preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • X represents a hydrogen atom, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, or a carboxyl group, respectively.
  • the total of the acryloyl group and the methacryloyl group is 3 or 4, and 4 is preferable.
  • Each m represents an integer of 0 to 10, and preferably 1 to 5.
  • the total of each m is an integer of 1 to 40, preferably 4 to 20.
  • the sum total of an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group is 5 or 6, and 6 is preferable.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 10, respectively, and preferably 1 to 5.
  • the total of n is an integer of 1 to 60, preferably 4 to 30.
  • the polyfunctional monomer may have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, or a phosphoric acid group. Therefore, if the ethylenic compound has an unreacted carboxyl group as in the case of a mixture as described above, this can be used as it is.
  • the acid group may be introduced by reacting the group with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride.
  • non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride examples include tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, alkylated tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, alkylated hexahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, anhydrous Maleic acid is mentioned.
  • the monomer having an acid group is an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted with an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound.
  • a polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is preferable, and in this ester, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and / or dipentaerythritol. Examples of commercially available products include Aronix series M-305, M-510, and M-520 as polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • a preferable acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g.
  • polyfunctional monomers the details of usage such as the structure, single use or combination, addition amount, etc. can be arbitrarily set according to the final performance design of the composition.
  • a polyfunctional monomer having an ethylene oxide chain length of 3 or more and 8 or less in that the developability of the composition can be adjusted and an excellent pattern forming ability can be obtained.
  • polyfunctional monomers is important for compatibility and dispersibility with other components (for example, polymerization initiators, colorants (pigments), resins, etc.) contained in the composition.
  • compatibility may be improved by the use of a low-purity compound or a combination of two or more.
  • a specific structure may be selected from the viewpoint of improving adhesion to a hard surface such as a substrate.
  • the concentration (mixing ratio) of the polymerizable compound (especially the polyfunctional monomer) is preferably 15% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, based on the total solid content in the composition, in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. It is preferable that the content is 25% by mass or more. Although there is no restriction
  • the above composition may contain components other than (A) a pigment, (B) a polymerization initiator, and (C) a polymerizable compound.
  • a pigment for example, an alkali-soluble resin, an acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group, a dispersant, a solvent, a surfactant, a polymerization inhibitor, an adhesion improver, an ultraviolet absorber, and the like can be given.
  • the optional components will be described in detail.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is a linear organic polymer, and promotes at least one alkali-solubility in a molecule (preferably a molecule having an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as a main chain). It can be suitably selected from alkali-soluble resins having a group. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, polyhydroxystyrene resins, polysiloxane resins, acrylic resins, acrylamide resins, and acryl / acrylamide copolymer resins are preferable. From the viewpoint of development control, acrylic resins and acrylamide resins are preferable. Resins and acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resins are preferred.
  • Examples of the group that promotes alkali solubility include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, but are soluble in a solvent and can be developed with a weak alkaline aqueous solution.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferred.
  • These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of the monomer that can give an acid group after polymerization include, for example, a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, a monomer having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth). And monomers having an isocyanate group such as acrylate.
  • a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate
  • a monomer having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate
  • 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth) 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth)
  • monomers having an isocyanate group such as acrylate.
  • a monomer having an acid group and / or a monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “monomer for introducing an acid group”) .) May be polymerized as a monomer component.
  • a treatment for imparting an acid group is required after the polymerization.
  • a known radical polymerization method can be applied.
  • Polymerization conditions such as temperature, pressure, type and amount of radical initiator, type of solvent, etc. when producing an alkali-soluble resin by radical polymerization can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and the conditions are determined experimentally. It can also be done.
  • a polymer having a carboxylic acid in the side chain is preferable, such as a methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic acid copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, and a crotonic acid copolymer.
  • a copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid and another monomer copolymerizable therewith is suitable as the alkali-soluble resin.
  • examples of other monomers copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid include alkyl (meth) acrylates, aryl (meth) acrylates, and vinyl compounds.
  • alkyl (meth) acrylate and aryl (meth) acrylate examples include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, and (iso) pentyl (Meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, tolyl (meth) ) Acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, etc., vinyl compounds such as styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, gly
  • R 1X represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 2X represents an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms
  • R 3X represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 15.
  • the repeating unit represented by the above formula (X) has good adsorption and / or orientation on the colorant (particularly pigment) surface due to the effect of ⁇ electrons of the benzene ring present in the side chain.
  • this side chain portion has an ethylene oxide or propylene oxide structure of paracumylphenol, its steric effect is added, and a better adsorption and / or orientation surface for a colorant (particularly a pigment).
  • R 3X represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 3X is an alkyl group
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. This is because, when R 3X is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, this alkyl group becomes an obstacle and suppresses the approach between the resins and promotes adsorption and / or orientation to the colorant (particularly pigment).
  • the alkyl group represented by R 3X has a carbon number in the range of 1-20.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 3X is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group or an alkyl group substituted with a phenyl group.
  • R 2X in formula (X) is preferably an alkylene group having 2 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of developability. Further, n in the formula (X) is preferably in the range of 1 to 12 from the viewpoint of developability.
  • the repeating unit represented by the formula (X) in the present invention is introduced into the alkali-soluble resin using an ethylenically unsaturated monomer represented by the following formula (Y).
  • R 1X, R 2X, R 3X, and n are the same as R 1X, R 2X, R 3X , and n in the formula (X), and preferred examples are also the same.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated monomer represented by the formula (Y) include phenol ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate, paracumylphenol ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate, nonylphenol ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate, and nonylphenol propylene oxide. Examples thereof include modified (meth) acrylate.
  • only 1 type may be sufficient as the other monomer copolymerizable with these (meth) acrylic acids, and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it.
  • alkali-soluble resin a resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer component essentially containing a compound represented by the following general formula (ED) is also preferable.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • ether dimer a resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer component essentially comprising a compound represented by the formula (ED) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “ether dimer”), it is extremely excellent in heat resistance and transparency. A cured coating film can be formed.
  • the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, but for example, methyl Linear or branched groups such as a group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, t-amyl group, stearyl group, lauryl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, etc.
  • a primary or secondary carbon substituent which is difficult to be removed by an acid or heat such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a benzyl group, is particularly preferable in terms of heat resistance.
  • ether dimer As specific examples of the ether dimer, the description of the ether dimer described in paragraph 0565 of JP2012-208494A (corresponding to US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/235099, [0694]) can be referred to. It is incorporated herein. Among these, dimethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, dicyclohexyl-2,2′- [Oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate and dibenzyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate are preferred. These ether dimers may be only one kind or two or more kinds. The structure derived from the compound represented by the general formula (ED) may be copolymerized with other monomers.
  • ED general formula
  • a benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer and a multi-component copolymer consisting of benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate are particularly suitable.
  • Other monomers in this case include 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl described in JP-A-7-140654.
  • the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30 to 200 mgKOH / g, more preferably 50 to 150 mgKOH / g, still more preferably 70 to 120 mgKOH / g. By setting it as such a range, the image development residue of an unexposed part can be reduced effectively.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 2,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably 7,000 to 20,000.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin in the composition of the present invention is preferably 10 to 50% by mass, more preferably 15 to 40% by mass, particularly preferably 20 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition. 35% by mass.
  • the composition of the present invention can be constituted using a solvent.
  • the solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the coating property of the composition are satisfied.
  • the solvent include esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, Alkyl oxyacetates (eg, methyl oxyacetate, ethyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate)), 3-oxypropionic acid alky
  • ethers For example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc., and ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc.
  • Preferred examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon include xylene.
  • these solvents particularly preferably, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol
  • the content of the solvent in the composition is preferably such that the total solid content of the composition is 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 5 to 60% by mass, from the viewpoint of applic
  • Various surfactants may be added to the composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving coatability.
  • various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a fluorosurfactant, the liquid properties (particularly fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid are further improved. Sex can be improved more.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7% by mass to 25% by mass.
  • a fluorosurfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid-saving properties, and has good solubility in the composition.
  • fluorosurfactant examples include Megafac F171, F172, F173, F176, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, F780, F781 (above DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC-101, Same SC-103, Same SC-104, Same SC-105, Same SC1068, Same SC-381, Same SC-383, Same S393, Same KH-40 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF636, PF656, PF6320 PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA), and the like.
  • nonionic surfactant examples include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerin ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene Stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62 manufactured by BASF, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1, Onin D-6112-W (produced by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), SOLSPERSE 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.)), and the like.
  • cationic surfactant examples include phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.), organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • anionic surfactant examples include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • silicone surfactant examples include “Toray Silicone DC3PA”, “Toray Silicone SH7PA”, “Tore Silicone DC11PA”, “Tore Silicone SH21PA”, “Tore Silicone SH28PA”, “Toray Silicone” manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.
  • the addition amount of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 2.0% by mass and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition. .
  • Polymerization inhibitors that can be used in the present invention include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, o-methoxyphenol, di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, t-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis (3 -Methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine primary cerium salt and the like.
  • the composition may contain a co-sensitizer for the purpose of further improving the sensitivity of the sensitizing dye or initiator to actinic radiation or suppressing the polymerization inhibition of the polyfunctional monomer by oxygen.
  • a co-sensitizer for the purpose of further improving the sensitivity of the sensitizing dye or initiator to actinic radiation or suppressing the polymerization inhibition of the polyfunctional monomer by oxygen.
  • you may add well-known additives, such as a diluent, a plasticizer, a fat-sensitizing agent, as needed.
  • the addition amount is preferably in the range of 0.001% by mass to 0.015% by mass, and 0.03% by mass to 0.09% by mass in the total solid content in the composition. % Is more preferable.
  • Adhesion improver can be added to the composition of the present invention in order to improve adhesion to a hard surface such as a substrate.
  • the adhesion improver include a silane coupling agent and a titanium coupling agent.
  • the silane coupling agent preferably has an alkoxysilyl group as a hydrolyzable group that can be chemically bonded to an inorganic material.
  • the silane coupling agent used in the present invention is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group or an epoxy group, and specifically, a (meth) acryloyl-tri having the following structure. Examples include methoxysilane compounds and glycidyl-trimethoxysilane compounds.
  • the silane coupling agent in the present invention is also preferably a silane compound having at least two functional groups having different reactivity in one molecule, and particularly preferably having an amino group and an alkoxy group as the functional group.
  • silane coupling agents include N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropyl-methyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-602), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ - Aminopropyl-trimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-603), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropyl-triethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBE-602), ⁇ -Aminopropyl-trimethoxysilane (manufacture
  • the addition amount is preferably in the range of 0.1% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and 0.2% by mass to 3.0% by mass in the total solid content in the composition.
  • the mass% is more preferable.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain an acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group that the acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group has include an ethylenically unsaturated bond group, a (meth) acryloyl group or a vinyl group is preferable, and a (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable.
  • the acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group used in the present invention usually contains a structural unit having a polymerizable group and other structural units.
  • the acrylic polymer in the present invention refers to a vinyl polymer having a repeating unit derived from one or more of (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylic acid ester, and (meth) acrylamide.
  • the ratio of the polymerizable group contained in the acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group is preferably 5 to 50, and more preferably 10 to 40. By setting it as such a range, coexistence of hardening, property, and developability is achieved more effectively.
  • the ratio of a polymerizable group means a molar copolymerization ratio.
  • the structural unit containing an acid group is illustrated, for example.
  • the acid group include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and the like, and a carboxyl group is preferable.
  • the acid value of the acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group used in the present invention is preferably 10 to 200 mgKOH / g, and more preferably 20 to 150 mgKOH / g. By setting it as such a range, it becomes possible to improve the solubility of the unexposed part at the time of pattern formation.
  • the acid value in the present invention refers to a value obtained by neutralization titration with a potassium hydroxide solution.
  • acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group examples include carboxyl group-containing resins such as glycidyl group-containing unsaturated compounds such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and allyl glycidyl ether, allyl alcohol, 2-hydroxy acrylate, and 2-hydroxy methacrylate. Resins reacted with unsaturated alcohol, carboxyl group-containing resins having hydroxyl groups, free isocyanate group-containing unsaturated compounds, resins reacted with unsaturated acid anhydrides, and addition reaction products of epoxy resins and unsaturated carboxylic acids.
  • carboxyl group-containing resins such as glycidyl group-containing unsaturated compounds such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and allyl glycidyl ether, allyl alcohol, 2-hydroxy acrylate, and 2-hydroxy methacrylate. Resins reacted with unsaturated alcohol, carboxyl group-containing resins having hydroxyl groups, free iso
  • Resin in which basic acid anhydride is reacted resin in which hydroxyl group-containing polyfunctional monomer is reacted with addition reaction product of conjugated diene copolymer and unsaturated dicarboxylic acid anhydride, and elimination reaction is caused by base treatment to cause unsaturated reaction
  • a resin having a specific functional group that gives a group is synthesized, and the resin is subjected to base treatment.
  • Resin or the like to produce an unsaturated group at Succoth can be cited as typical resins.
  • the acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group the description in paragraphs 0043 to 0067 of JP-A-2009-79150 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Further, description of polymer compounds 1 to 22 in paragraphs 0063 to 0067 of JP-A-2009-79150 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • composition of the present invention other components may be appropriately selected and used according to the purpose as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired in addition to the essential components and the optional additives.
  • other components that can be used in combination include a binder polymer, a dispersant, a sensitizer, a crosslinking agent, a curing accelerator, a filler, a thermosetting accelerator, a thermal polymerization inhibitor, a plasticizer, and an ultraviolet absorber.
  • adhesion promoters to the substrate surface and other auxiliary agents for example, conductive particles, fillers, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, antioxidants, perfumes, surface tension modifiers.
  • composition of the present invention is preferably filtered with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances or reducing defects.
  • a filter used for filter filtration if it is a filter conventionally used for the filtration use etc., it can use without being specifically limited.
  • filter materials include: fluororesins such as PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene); polyamide resins such as nylon-6 and nylon-6, 6; polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (high density, super Including high molecular weight); Among these materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) is preferable.
  • the pore size of the filter is not particularly limited, but is, for example, about 0.01 to 20.0 ⁇ m, preferably about 0.01 to 5 ⁇ m, and more preferably about 0.01 to 2.0 ⁇ m. By setting the pore size of the filter within the above range, fine particles can be more effectively removed and turbidity can be further reduced.
  • the pore size of the filter can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer.
  • a commercially available filter for example, it can be selected from various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd., Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Japan Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Japan Microlith Co., Ltd.) or KITZ Micro Filter Co., Ltd. .
  • two or more filters may be used in combination.
  • the filtration can be performed first using a first filter and then using a second filter having a pore diameter different from that of the first filter.
  • the filtering by the first filter and the filtering by the second filter may be performed only once or may be performed twice or more, respectively.
  • the second filter a filter formed of the same material as the first filter described above can be used.
  • the composition of the present invention is preferably applied by inkjet, and preferably has physical properties suitable for application to an inkjet recording apparatus. That is, when the composition of the present invention is used in an ink jet recording method, the ink viscosity at the temperature at the time of ejection is preferably 100 mPa ⁇ s or less, preferably 50 mPa ⁇ s or less in consideration of ejection properties. More preferably, the composition ratio is suitably adjusted and determined so as to be in the above range. The viscosity of the composition at 25 ° C.
  • room temperature is preferably 0.5 mPa ⁇ s to 200 mPa ⁇ s, more preferably 1 mPa ⁇ s to 100 mPa ⁇ s, and further preferably 2 mPa ⁇ s to 50 mPa. -S or less.
  • the surface tension of the composition of the present invention is preferably 20 mN / m to 40 mN / m, more preferably 23 mN / m to 35 mN / m.
  • 20 mN / m or more is preferable from the viewpoint of dripping suppression, and 35 mN / m or less is preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion and affinity with the substrate.
  • a step of forming a colored radiation-sensitive composition layer by applying a colored radiation-sensitive composition on an underlayer (hereinafter also referred to as “colored radiation-sensitive composition layer forming step”), and a mask Through the process of pattern exposure of the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer (hereinafter also referred to as “exposure process”), and developing the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer after exposure to develop a colored layer (hereinafter referred to as “colored pattern” and “ A step of forming a color pixel ”(hereinafter also referred to as a“ development step ”).
  • exposure process the process of pattern exposure of the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer
  • a step of forming a color pixel (hereinafter also referred to as a“ development step ”).
  • the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer is formed by applying the above composition on the underlayer.
  • various coating methods such as slit coating, ink jet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, screen printing method and the like can be applied.
  • the thickness of the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer is preferably from 0.1 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably from 0.2 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m, and even more preferably from 0.2 ⁇ m to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer coated on the support may be dried (pre-baked) as necessary. The drying is performed at a temperature of 50 ° C.
  • the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer formed in the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer forming step is subjected to pattern exposure through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using an exposure apparatus such as a stepper, for example.
  • an exposure apparatus such as a stepper
  • radiation (light) that can be used for exposure ultraviolet rays such as g-line and i-line are particularly preferable (particularly preferably i-line).
  • Irradiation dose is preferably 30 ⁇ 1500mJ / cm 2, more preferably 50 ⁇ 1000mJ / cm 2, and most preferably 80 ⁇ 500mJ / cm 2.
  • the developer is preferably an organic alkali developer that does not cause damage to the underlying image sensor or circuit.
  • the development temperature is usually 20 ° C. to 30 ° C., and the development time is, for example, 20 seconds to 90 seconds. In order to remove the residue more, in recent years, it may be carried out for 120 seconds to 180 seconds. Furthermore, in order to further improve residue removability, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and further supplying a new developer may be repeated several times.
  • alkaline agent used in the developer examples include ammonia water, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo- [5, 4, 0] -7-undecene and the like, and an alkaline aqueous solution obtained by diluting these alkaline agents with pure water so as to have a concentration of 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. Is preferably used as a developer.
  • an inorganic alkali may be used for the developer, and as the inorganic alkali, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium oxalate, sodium metaoxalate and the like are preferable.
  • a developer composed of such an alkaline aqueous solution it is generally washed (rinsed) with pure water after development.
  • post-bake heat treatment after drying. If a multicolored colored layer (colored pattern) is formed, a cured film can be produced by sequentially repeating the above steps for each color. Thereby, a color filter is obtained.
  • the post-baking is a heat treatment after development for complete curing, and a heat curing treatment is usually performed at 100 ° C. to 240 ° C., preferably 200 ° C. to 240 ° C.
  • This post-bake treatment is performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), a high-frequency heater, or the like so that the coating film after development is in the above-described condition. be able to.
  • the manufacturing method of this invention may have a well-known process as a manufacturing method of a color filter as a process other than the above as needed.
  • a curing step of curing the formed colored layer (colored pattern) by heating and / or exposure. May be included.
  • the film thickness of the colored layer (colored pixel) in the color filter is preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or less.
  • the size (pattern width) of the colored layer (colored pixel) is preferably 2.5 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 ⁇ m or less.
  • the color filter can be used for a liquid crystal display device, a solid-state imaging device, or an organic EL display device, and is particularly suitable for a solid-state imaging application or an organic EL display device. When used in a liquid crystal display device, there are few alignment defects of liquid crystal molecules due to a decrease in specific resistance, the color of a display image is good, and the display characteristics are excellent.
  • the color filter of the present invention Since the color filter of the present invention has colored pixels that are excellent in hue and excellent in light resistance, it is particularly suitable as a color filter for liquid crystal display devices.
  • a liquid crystal display device provided with such a color filter can display a high-quality image having a good display image color tone and excellent display characteristics.
  • the color filter of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device, a high contrast can be realized when combined with a conventionally known three-wavelength tube of a cold cathode tube.
  • a liquid crystal display device By using as a backlight, a liquid crystal display device having high luminance and high color purity and good color reproducibility can be provided.
  • the color filter of the present invention can be suitably used for a solid-state imaging device.
  • the configuration of the solid-state image sensor is not particularly limited as long as it is a configuration provided with the color filter of the present invention and functions as a solid-state image sensor, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
  • On the support there are a plurality of photodiodes constituting a light receiving area of a solid-state imaging device (CCD, CMOS, etc.) and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon, etc., and only the light receiving part of the photodiode is opened on the photodiode and the transfer electrode.
  • a configuration having a light condensing means for example, a micro lens
  • a structure having the light condensing means on the color filter May be.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view of a part of one embodiment of an organic EL display device 100 including a base layer 40 and a colored layer 50. Each pixel generates light of one of the three primary colors (red, green, and blue) by combining a plurality of organic EL elements 20 that generate white light and the colored layer 50 (50R, 50G, 50B), for example. It is.
  • the pitch (inter-center distance) P of the plurality of organic EL elements 20 is, for example, 30 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and specifically, for example, about 2 ⁇ m to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the pitch p is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more. That is, this display device is a so-called micro display in which the size of the organic EL element 20 is extremely small.
  • an eyepiece lens (not shown) is provided on the display device, and the user views an image displayed on the display device in an enlarged manner through the eyepiece lens. Therefore, the user can see only a portion of the image displayed on the display device within the range of the eyepiece lens capture angle.
  • the organic EL elements 20 are arranged in a matrix on the substrate 10 and are covered with a protective film 30.
  • a sealing substrate 60 made of glass or the like is bonded to the entire surface of the protective film 30 with an adhesive layer (not shown) therebetween.
  • a colored layer 50 is provided on the surface of the sealing substrate 60 on the substrate 10 side.
  • the configuration of the organic EL element 20 is not particularly limited, and the configuration can be adopted. Usually, the light emitting layer taught between the electrodes is often included.
  • the protective film 30 has a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m and is made of silicon nitride (SiN).
  • the adhesive layer (not shown) is made of, for example, an ultraviolet curable resin or a thermosetting resin.
  • the sealing substrate 60 seals the organic EL element 20 together with an adhesive layer (not shown).
  • the sealing substrate 60 is made of, for example, a material such as glass that is transparent to the light generated by the organic EL element 20.
  • the colored layer 50 is for extracting white light generated in the organic EL element 20 as red, green, or blue color light.
  • the red colored layer 50R and the green colored layer 50G that face the plurality of organic EL elements 20 respectively.
  • And a blue colored layer 50B is a blue colored layer 50B.
  • the red colored layer 50 ⁇ / b> R, the green colored layer 50 ⁇ / b> G, and the blue colored layer 50 ⁇ / b> B are sequentially arranged corresponding to the organic EL element 20.
  • the red colored layer 50R, the green colored layer 50G, and the blue colored layer 50B are layers formed from a colored radiation-sensitive composition containing the above-described colorant and the like.
  • the light transmittance is adjusted to be high in the green or blue wavelength region and low in other wavelength regions.
  • the colored layer 50 may be provided with a semi-transmissive region in a part of the colored layer 50.
  • the semi-transmissive region is obtained by varying the transmittance of a part of the colored layer by providing a semi-permeable film on a part of the colored layer.
  • the above-described underlayer 40 having a refractive index of 1.60 or more at a wavelength of 633 nm is provided. By disposing the underlayer 40, the adhesion of the colored layer 50 is further improved.
  • the size of the organic EL element is extremely small. Therefore, since the size of the colored layer provided corresponding to the organic EL element is extremely small, further adhesion is required for the colored layer.
  • the base layer is substantially free of metal particles or metal oxide particles, the flatness of the base layer is improved, and the adhesion of the colored layer disposed on the base layer is improved. It can be suitably applied to a micro display.
  • Pigment Red 139 5.6 parts, dispersing agent: BYK-2001 BYK-2001 3.6 parts, alkali-soluble resin 1: benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer ( 70/30 molar ratio, Mw: 30000, acid value: 110 mg KOH / g) 3.6 parts Solvent: 74.8 parts propylene glycol methyl ether acetate
  • Polymerizable compound 1 Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (trade name Kayarad DPHA manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 3.0 parts
  • Polymerizable compound 2 Pentaerythritol ethylene oxide-modified tetraacrylate (trade name RP-1040, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 1.3 parts
  • Polymerization initiator 1 The following structure (IRGACURE-OXE01, manufactured by BASF) 1.3 parts ⁇ Solvent: Propylene 22.4 parts of glycol methyl ether acetate
  • 0.20 g of the solution (10.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the polymer) was added. Further, 0.040 g of a 5 mass% cyclohexanone solution of 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) as an adhesion promoter (1 mass relative to 100 mass parts of the solid content of the polymer) Part), and as a surfactant, 0.040 g of a 0.5 wt% cyclohexanone solution of the trade name Megafac R-30 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) (the solid content of the polymer was 100 parts by weight) 0.1 parts by mass) was added and stirred for 3 hours until the solution became homogeneous. After stirring, the solute was completely dissolved, and a polymer varnish (base material A) having a total mass% of solid content of 10 mass% was obtained as a pale yellow transparent solution.
  • cyclohexanone solution (7.5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the polymer) was added. Further, 0.10 g of a 2% by mass cyclohexanone solution of 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) as an adhesion promoter (1 mass relative to 100 mass parts of the solid content of the polymer) Parts) and 0.20 g of a 0.1% by weight cyclohexanone solution of the trade name Megafac R-30 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) as a surfactant (the solid content of the polymer was 100 parts by weight) 0.1 parts by mass) was added and stirred for 3 hours until the solution became homogeneous. After stirring, the solute was completely dissolved to obtain a polymer varnish (base material B) having a total mass% of solid content of 10 mass% as a colorless light yellow solution.
  • base material B base material having a total
  • a base film A to C or CT-2010 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) is uniformly applied by spin coating on an 8-inch silicon wafer to form a coating film, and the formed coating film is 150 ° C. For 2 minutes, and further for 5 minutes on a 300 ° C. hot plate. The spin coating speed was adjusted so that the thickness of the coating film after the heat treatment was about 0.4 ⁇ m.
  • a silicon wafer with a base layer was obtained as described above.
  • the colored radiation-sensitive composition (red radiation-sensitive composition, blue radiation-sensitive composition, or green radiation-sensitive composition) produced above is under the silicon wafer with the underlayer obtained above. It applied using a spin coater so that the film thickness after drying might be set to 0.6 micrometer on a base layer, and the heat processing (prebaking) were performed for 120 second using a 100 degreeC hotplate.
  • prebaking heat processing
  • pattern exposure was performed at a total of 399 locations in a pattern arranged in a matrix of 21 rows ⁇ 19 columns.
  • the above-mentioned 21 rows in the matrix are under the condition that the minimum exposure amount is 500 J / m 2 and the exposure amount is increased for each row at intervals of 500 J / m 2.
  • the focal length is changed at intervals of 0.1 ⁇ m around the optimum focal length (Focus 0.0 ⁇ m). That is, the photo is formed so that a square pixel pattern of 1.1 ⁇ m square is arranged within a range of 4 mm ⁇ 3 mm under the condition that the focal length is optimal for the central row and the focal length is changed for each row. A mask was used.
  • the silicon wafer on which the exposed coating film is formed is placed on a horizontal rotary table of a spin shower developing machine (DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics), and CD-2060 (Fuji Film Electronics Co., Ltd.). Paddle development was performed at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds using Materials Co., Ltd. to form a colored layer (colored pattern) on the silicon wafer.
  • the silicon wafer on which the colored layer was formed was rinsed with pure water and then spray-dried. Further, a heat treatment (post-bake) was performed for 300 seconds using a 200 ° C. hot plate to obtain a silicon wafer (color filter) having colored pixels corresponding to the colorant.
  • the combinations of the underlayer material and the colored radiation-sensitive composition used in each example and comparative example are collectively shown in Table 1 described later. Further, the refractive index of the underlayer was measured by the method (apparatus) described above.
  • the colored pattern formed on the wafer was observed using a length measuring SEM (S-9260 scanning electron microscope manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), and the adhesion of the exposed portion was evaluated with an optical microscopic image. It is desirable that there is no pattern peeling at an exposure amount at which the same pattern size as the mask size is obtained. The results are shown in the table below. Although the evaluation criteria are shown below, A and B are practical levels. ⁇ Evaluation criteria> A: Pattern peeling is not seen at all. B: 1 to 5 pixels of pattern peeling is observed. C: Pattern peeling is observed in 6 to 100 pixels. D: 101 pixels or more of pattern peeling is observed.
  • Table 1 The evaluation results of each example and comparative example are summarized in Table 1.
  • “Red” means “red radiation-sensitive composition”
  • Green means “green radiation-sensitive composition”
  • “Blue” means “blue radiation-sensitive composition”.
  • the organic EL display device (micro OLED) of the above-described embodiment of FIG. 1 was produced. More specifically, a plurality of organic EL elements composed of a first electrode, a light emitting layer, and a second electrode were produced on a substrate (glass substrate) by vacuum deposition. Note that the pitch P between the organic EL elements shown in FIG. 1 was 2 ⁇ m. Next, a protective layer was disposed, and a base layer was produced using the base material A described above on the protective layer according to the same procedure as in the above example.
  • each colored layer exhibited excellent adhesion and was excellent in pattern formability.
  • base material B and C instead of the said base material A, the desired effect was acquired similarly.
  • Base materials A to which NaCl was added at 50 mass ppm, 30 mass ppm, or 5 mass ppm were designated as base materials A-1, A-2, and A-3, respectively.
  • Base materials B to which NaCl was added at 50 mass ppm, 30 mass ppm, or 5 mass ppm were designated as base materials B-1, B-2, and B-3, respectively.
  • Base materials C to which NaCl was added at 50 ppm by mass, 30 ppm by mass, or 5 ppm by mass were designated as base materials C-1, C-2, and C-3, respectively.
  • a base layer and a color filter were formed in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 9 except that these base materials were used. As a result, it was confirmed that the occurrence of defects in the underlayer was reduced.
  • the high-refractive-index low-molecular compound (low-molecular compound having a fluorene structure (the above formula (B))) is 10% by mass, 7% by mass, or 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound A. Further, they were added to make base materials A-4, A-5, and A-6, respectively.
  • the high-refractive-index low-molecular compound (low-molecular compound having a fluorene structure (the above formula (B))) is 10% by mass, 7% by mass, or 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound A. Further, they were added as base materials B-4, B-5, and B-6, respectively.
  • the high-refractive-index low-molecular compound (low-molecular compound having a fluorene structure (the above formula (B))) is 10% by mass, 7% by mass, or 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound A.
  • the base materials C-4, C-5, and C-6 were added, respectively.
  • a base layer and a color filter were formed in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 9 except that these base materials were used. As a result, it was confirmed that the refractive index of the underlayer was improved.

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide: a method for producing a color filter, wherein adhesion of a coloring layer formed therein is excellent and generation of a residue during the formation of the coloring layer is suppressed; a composition for forming a base layer; and an organic EL display device. A method for producing a color filter according to the present invention comprises: a base layer formation step wherein a base layer that has a refractive index of 1.60 or more at a wavelength of 633 nm is formed on a supporting body; and a coloring layer formation step wherein a coloring layer is formed on the base layer with use of a coloring radiation-sensitive composition that contains (A) a coloring agent, (B) a polymerization initiator and (C) a polymerizable compound.

Description

カラーフィルタの製造方法、下地層形成用組成物、有機EL表示装置Method for producing color filter, composition for forming underlayer, organic EL display device
 本発明は、カラーフィルタの製造方法に係り、所定の屈折率を示す下地層を用いたカラーフィルタの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a color filter, and more particularly to a method for manufacturing a color filter using an underlayer having a predetermined refractive index.
 カラーフィルタは、固体撮像素子や液晶表示装置のディスプレイに不可欠な構成部品である。このようなカラーフィルタを形成するために、着色感放射線性組成物が主に使用されている(特許文献1)。なお、特許文献1においては、着色層の下地層(下塗り層)としてCT-2010(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製))を使用する態様が開示されている。 The color filter is an indispensable component for the display of a solid-state image sensor or a liquid crystal display device. In order to form such a color filter, a colored radiation-sensitive composition is mainly used (Patent Document 1). Patent Document 1 discloses a mode in which CT-2010 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) is used as a base layer (undercoat layer) of the colored layer.
特開2012-198408号公報JP 2012-198408 A
 一方、近年、着色層の微細化に伴い、着色層の密着性のより一層の向上が求められている。また、同時に、着色層形成時の現像処理の際の残渣の発生のより一層の抑制も求められている。
 本発明者らは、特許文献1に記載の下地層を用いてカラーフィルタの製造を実施した所、着色層の密着性、および、残渣の抑制の両者を昨今要求されるレベルで同時には満たしておらず、更なる改良が必要であることが知見された。
On the other hand, in recent years, with the miniaturization of the colored layer, further improvement in the adhesion of the colored layer is required. At the same time, there is a demand for further suppression of the generation of residues during the development process when forming the colored layer.
The inventors of the present invention have manufactured a color filter using the underlayer described in Patent Document 1, satisfying both the adhesion of the colored layer and the suppression of residues at the level required at the same time. It was found that further improvement is necessary.
 本発明は、上記実情に鑑みて、形成される着色層の密着性に優れると共に、着色層形成時の残渣の発生が抑制されたカラーフィルタの製造方法を提供することを目的とする。 In view of the above circumstances, an object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a color filter that is excellent in adhesion of a colored layer to be formed and in which generation of a residue during formation of the colored layer is suppressed.
 本発明者らは、上記課題を達成すべく鋭意研究した結果、所定の屈折率を示す下地層を使用することにより、上記課題を解決できることを見出し、本発明を完成させた。
 すなわち、本発明者らは、以下の構成により上記課題が解決できることを見出した。
(1) 支持体上に、波長633nmにおける屈折率が1.60以上の下地層を形成する下地層形成工程と、
 下地層上に、(A)着色剤(好ましくは顔料)、(B)重合開始剤、および(C)重合性化合物を含む、着色感放射線性組成物を用いて着色層を形成する着色層形成工程と、
 を含む、カラーフィルタの製造方法。
(2) 着色剤が顔料であり、その顔料の含有量が、着色感放射線性組成物の全質量に対して、45質量%以上である、(1)に記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法。
(3) 下地層が、波長633nmにおける屈折率が1.60以上の有機化合物を含有する、(1)または(2)に記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法。
(4) 下地層がトリアジン環含有重合体を含有する、(1)~(3)のいずれか1項に記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法。
(5) トリアジン環含有重合体が、後述する式(1A)~式(4A)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含む、(4)に記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法。
(6) 下地層中におけるトリアジン環含有重合体の含有量が、下地層全質量に対して、40質量%以上である、(4)または(5)に記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法。
(7) トリアジン環含有重合体の重量平均分子量が1000~100000である、(4)~(6)のいずれかに記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法。
(8) 下地層中に金属粒子または金属酸化物粒子が実質的に含まれない、(1)~(7)のいずれかに記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法。
(9) カラーフィルタに含まれる着色層の下地層を形成するために使用される下地層形成用組成物であって、トリアジン環含有重合体を含有する下地層形成用組成物。
(10) さらに、高屈折率低分子化合物としてフルオレン構造を有する化合物を含有する、(9)に記載の下地層形成用組成物。
(11) さらに、NaClを含有する、(9)または(10)に記載の下地層形成用組成物。
(12) 有機EL素子と、下地層と、着色層とを有する有機EL表示装置であって、
 下地層が、波長633nmにおける屈折率が1.60以上の下地層である、有機EL表示装置。
As a result of intensive studies to achieve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors have found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by using an underlayer having a predetermined refractive index, and have completed the present invention.
That is, the present inventors have found that the above problem can be solved by the following configuration.
(1) an underlayer forming step of forming an underlayer having a refractive index of 1.60 or more at a wavelength of 633 nm on a support;
Colored layer formation which forms a colored layer on a base layer using a colored radiation-sensitive composition containing (A) a colorant (preferably a pigment), (B) a polymerization initiator, and (C) a polymerizable compound. Process,
A method for producing a color filter, comprising:
(2) The method for producing a color filter according to (1), wherein the colorant is a pigment, and the content of the pigment is 45% by mass or more based on the total mass of the colored radiation-sensitive composition.
(3) The manufacturing method of the color filter as described in (1) or (2) in which a base layer contains the organic compound whose refractive index in wavelength 633nm is 1.60 or more.
(4) The method for producing a color filter according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein the underlayer contains a triazine ring-containing polymer.
(5) The production of the color filter according to (4), wherein the triazine ring-containing polymer contains at least one selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by formulas (1A) to (4A) described later. Method.
(6) The method for producing a color filter according to (4) or (5), wherein the content of the triazine ring-containing polymer in the underlayer is 40% by mass or more based on the total mass of the underlayer.
(7) The method for producing a color filter according to any one of (4) to (6), wherein the triazine ring-containing polymer has a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 100,000.
(8) The method for producing a color filter according to any one of (1) to (7), wherein the base layer is substantially free of metal particles or metal oxide particles.
(9) An underlayer forming composition used for forming an underlayer of a colored layer contained in a color filter, the underlayer forming composition containing a triazine ring-containing polymer.
(10) The composition for forming an underlayer according to (9), further comprising a compound having a fluorene structure as a high-refractive-index low-molecular compound.
(11) The composition for forming an underlayer according to (9) or (10), further comprising NaCl.
(12) An organic EL display device having an organic EL element, a base layer, and a colored layer,
An organic EL display device, wherein the underlayer is an underlayer having a refractive index of 1.60 or more at a wavelength of 633 nm.
 本発明によれば、形成される着色層の密着性に優れると共に、着色層形成時の残渣の発生が抑制されたカラーフィルタの製造方法を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for producing a color filter that is excellent in the adhesion of the formed colored layer and that suppresses the generation of residues when the colored layer is formed.
本発明の有機EL表示装置の一態様の一部の断面図である。It is a partial sectional view of one mode of an organic EL display of the present invention.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
 なお、本願明細書において「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 また、本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 また、本明細書中において、“(メタ)アクリレート”はアクリレートおよびメタクリレートを表し、“(メタ)アクリル”はアクリルおよびメタクリルを表し、“(メタ)アクリロイル”はアクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルを表す。また、本明細書中において、“単量体”と“モノマー”とは同義である。本発明における単量体は、オリゴマーおよびポリマーと区別され、重量平均分子量が2,000以下の化合物をいう。本明細書中において、重合性化合物とは、重合性官能基を有する化合物のことをいい、単量体であっても、ポリマーであってもよい。重合性官能基とは、重合反応に関与する基をいう。
 本発明でいう「放射線」は、可視光線、紫外線、遠紫外線、電子線、X線等を含むものを意味する。本発明でいう「着色層」は、カラーフィルタに用いられる画素および/またはブラックマトリックスからなる層を意味する。
Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail.
In the present specification, “to” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
In addition, in the description of groups (atomic groups) in the present specification, the description that does not indicate substitution and non-substitution includes not only those having no substituent but also those having a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” represents acrylate and methacrylate, “(meth) acryl” represents acryl and methacryl, and “(meth) acryloyl” represents acryloyl and methacryloyl. In the present specification, “monomer” and “monomer” are synonymous. The monomer in the present invention is distinguished from an oligomer and a polymer and refers to a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less. In the present specification, the polymerizable compound means a compound having a polymerizable functional group, and may be a monomer or a polymer. The polymerizable functional group refers to a group that participates in a polymerization reaction.
The “radiation” as used in the present invention means a substance including visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, electron beam, X-ray and the like. The “colored layer” in the present invention means a layer composed of pixels and / or a black matrix used for a color filter.
 本発明のカラーフィルタの製造方法の特徴点としては、所定の屈折率を示す下地層を使用する点が挙げられる。この下地層を使用すると、着色層形成の際の露光時における乱反射が少なく、漏れ光による未露光部の残渣が少なくなると共に、着色層の密着性も向上する。
 なかでも、下地層が後述するようにトリアジン環含有重合体を含む場合、トリアジン骨格が平面構造のため、着色層中のベンゼン環構造や着色剤中の平面構造とトリアジン骨格が分子間相互作用しやすく、着色層の密着性がより一層向上する。
A feature of the method for producing a color filter of the present invention is that an underlayer having a predetermined refractive index is used. When this base layer is used, irregular reflection at the time of exposure when forming the colored layer is reduced, the residue of the unexposed portion due to leaked light is reduced, and the adhesion of the colored layer is also improved.
In particular, when the underlayer contains a triazine ring-containing polymer as described later, the triazine skeleton has a planar structure, so the benzene ring structure in the colored layer and the planar structure in the colorant interact with each other. It is easy and the adhesion of the colored layer is further improved.
 本発明のカラーフィルタの製造方法は、下地層形成工程と、着色層形成工程とを少なくとも備える。
 以下、各工程で使用される材料および手順について詳述する。
The method for producing a color filter of the present invention includes at least a base layer forming step and a colored layer forming step.
Hereinafter, materials and procedures used in each step will be described in detail.
<下地層形成工程>
 下地層形成工程は、支持体上に、波長633nmにおける屈折率が1.60以上の下地層を形成する下地層形成工程である。
 まず、本工程で使用される支持体について詳述し、その後下地層について詳述する。
<Underlayer formation process>
The base layer forming step is a base layer forming step of forming a base layer having a refractive index of 1.60 or more at a wavelength of 633 nm on the support.
First, the support used in this step is described in detail, and then the underlayer is described in detail.
(支持体)
 支持体は、下地層を支持できる基材であれば、その種類は特に制限されない。例えば、固体撮像素子等に用いられる光電変換素子基板(固体撮像素子用基板)(例えば、シリコン基板、酸化膜、窒化シリコン等)が挙げられる。また、これら支持体と後述する着色層の間には本発明の効果を損なわない限り中間層など他の層が設けられていてもよい。
 なお、後述する着色層は、固体撮像素子用基板の撮像素子形成面側(おもて面)に形成されてもよいし、撮像素子非形成面側(裏面)に形成されてもよい。
 固体撮像素子用基板における各撮像素子間や、固体撮像素子用基板の裏面には、遮光膜が設けられていてもよい。
(Support)
The type of the support is not particularly limited as long as it is a base material that can support the base layer. For example, a photoelectric conversion element substrate (a substrate for a solid-state imaging element) (for example, a silicon substrate, an oxide film, silicon nitride, or the like) used for a solid-state imaging element or the like can be given. Further, other layers such as an intermediate layer may be provided between the support and the colored layer described later as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
In addition, the coloring layer to be described later may be formed on the imaging element formation surface side (front surface) of the solid-state imaging element substrate, or may be formed on the imaging element non-formation surface side (back surface).
A light-shielding film may be provided between the image sensors on the solid-state image sensor substrate or on the back surface of the solid-state image sensor substrate.
(下地層)
 下地層は、波長633nmにおける屈折率が1.60以上を示し、着色層の密着性がより向上する、または、残渣の発生がより抑制される点(以下、単に「本発明の効果がより優れる点」とも称する)で、1.65以上が好ましく、1.70以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、通常、2.0以下の場合が多い。
 屈折率の測定方法としては、ジェー・エー・ウーラム・ジャパン社製エリプソメーターを用いて測定できる。測定条件は、633nmで、25℃とし、5点の平均値を採用する。
(Underlayer)
The base layer has a refractive index of 1.60 or more at a wavelength of 633 nm, and the adhesion of the colored layer is further improved, or the generation of residue is further suppressed (hereinafter simply referred to as “the effect of the present invention is more excellent. 1.65 or more is preferable, and 1.70 or more is more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is usually 2.0 or less in many cases.
The refractive index can be measured using an ellipsometer manufactured by JA Woollam Japan. The measurement conditions are 633 nm, 25 ° C., and an average value of 5 points is adopted.
 下地層の厚みは特に制限されないが、本発明の効果がより優れる点から、0.2~1.0μmが好ましく、0.2~0.4μmがより好ましい。 The thickness of the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.2 to 1.0 μm and more preferably 0.2 to 0.4 μm from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
 下地層に含まれる成分は上記屈折率を示す材料であれば特に制限されないが、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、波長633nmにおける屈折率が1.60以上の有機化合物が好ましく、トリアジン環含有重合体が好ましい。
 なお、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、下地層中には金属粒子または金属酸化物粒子が実質的に含まれないことが好ましい。実質的に含まれないとは、下地層中における金属粒子および金属酸化物粒子の合計含有量が0.01質量%以下であることを意図し、100ppm以下が好ましい。金属粒子または金属酸化物粒子が実質的に含まれないことにより、下地層の表面の平坦性がより向上し、結果として下地層上に配置される着色層との密着性がより優れる。
 以下、トリアジン環含有重合体について詳述する。
The component contained in the underlayer is not particularly limited as long as it is a material exhibiting the above-described refractive index, but an organic compound having a refractive index of 1.60 or more at a wavelength of 633 nm is preferable, and contains a triazine ring, because the effects of the present invention are more excellent. Polymers are preferred.
In addition, it is preferable that a metal particle or a metal oxide particle is not substantially contained in a base layer at the point which the effect of this invention is more excellent. “Not substantially contained” means that the total content of metal particles and metal oxide particles in the underlayer is 0.01% by mass or less, and preferably 100 ppm or less. By substantially not including metal particles or metal oxide particles, the surface flatness of the underlayer is further improved, and as a result, the adhesion with the colored layer disposed on the underlayer is further improved.
Hereinafter, the triazine ring-containing polymer will be described in detail.
(トリアジン環含有重合体(以後、単に重合体とも称する))
 トリアジン環含有重合体はその構造中にトリアジン環を含む重合体であり、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、下記式(1A)~(4A)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有するトリアジン環含有重合体であることが好ましい。なお、式中、*は結合位置を示す。
 なお、トリアジン環含有重合体中において、式(1A)~(4A)で表される繰り返し単位の合計含有量は特に制限されないが、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、トリアジン環含有重合体中の全繰り返し単位に対して、50~100モル%が好ましく、80~100モル%がより好ましい。
(Triazine ring-containing polymer (hereinafter also simply referred to as polymer))
The triazine ring-containing polymer is a polymer containing a triazine ring in its structure, and is selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by the following formulas (1A) to (4A) in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. A triazine ring-containing polymer having at least one of the above is preferable. In the formula, * indicates a bonding position.
In the triazine ring-containing polymer, the total content of the repeating units represented by the formulas (1A) to (4A) is not particularly limited, but in the triazine ring-containing polymer, the effect of the present invention is more excellent. The total repeating unit is preferably 50 to 100 mol%, more preferably 80 to 100 mol%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 上記式(1A)中または式(2A)中、R1AおよびR2Aは、互いに独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、またはアラルキル基を表す。
 R3Aは、アルキル基、アラルキル基、アリール基、アルキルアミノ基、アルコキシシリル基含有アルキルアミノ基、アラルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、アルコキシ基、アラルキルオキシ基またはアリールオキシ基を表す。
In the above formula (1A) or formula (2A), R 1A and R 2A each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group.
R 3A represents an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylamino group, an alkoxysilyl group-containing alkylamino group, an aralkylamino group, an arylamino group, an alkoxy group, an aralkyloxy group, or an aryloxy group.
 上記アルキル基の炭素数としては、1~20が好ましく、重合体の耐熱性をより高めることを考慮すると、炭素数1~10がより好ましく、炭素数1~3がより一層好ましい。また、その構造は、鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれでもよい。
 上記アルコキシ基の炭素数としては、1~20が好ましく、重合体の耐熱性をより高めることを考慮すると、炭素数1~10がより好ましく、炭素数1~3がより一層好ましい。また、そのアルキル部分の構造は、鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれでもよい。
 上記アリール基の炭素数としては、6~40が好ましく、重合体の耐熱性をより高めることを考慮すると、炭素数6~16がより好ましく、炭素数6~13がより一層好ましい。
 アラルキル基の炭素数としては、炭素数7~20が好ましく、そのアルキル部分は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。
 上記アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキルアミノ基、アラルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基の具体例としては、WO2010/128661号の段落0020~0025の説明を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, and in view of further improving the heat resistance of the polymer, the number of carbons is more preferably 1-10, and even more preferably 1-3. Further, the structure may be any of a chain, a branch, and a ring.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group is preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms in consideration of further improving the heat resistance of the polymer. Further, the structure of the alkyl moiety may be any of a chain, a branch, and a ring.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 40. In view of further improving the heat resistance of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is more preferably 6 to 16, and more preferably 6 to 13.
The aralkyl group preferably has 7 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl moiety may be linear, branched or cyclic.
As specific examples of the alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aralkyl group, alkylamino group, aralkylamino group, and arylamino group, the description in paragraphs 0020 to 0025 of WO 2010/128661 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are described in this application. Incorporated in the description.
 アルコキシシリル基含有アルキルアミノ基としては、モノアルコキシシリル基含有アルキルアミノ基、ジアルコキシシリル基含有アルキルアミノ基、トリアルコキシシリル基含有アルキルアミノ基のいずれでもよく、その具体例としては、WO2010/128661号の段落0026に記載の基が挙げられる。
 アリールオキシ基、アラルキルオキシ基の具体例としては、WO2010/128661号の段落0027に記載の基が挙げられる。
The alkoxysilyl group-containing alkylamino group may be any of monoalkoxysilyl group-containing alkylamino group, dialkoxysilyl group-containing alkylamino group, trialkoxysilyl group-containing alkylamino group, and specific examples thereof include WO2010 / 128661. And the groups described in paragraph 0026 of the No.
Specific examples of the aryloxy group and the aralkyloxy group include the groups described in paragraph 0027 of WO2010 / 128661.
 Arは、芳香環および複素環のいずれか一方または双方を含む2価の有機基を表す。芳香環としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環などが挙げられる。また、複素環としては、ピリジン環、ピラゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアゾール環、イソチアゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアジアゾール環、ピロール環、イソオキサゾール環、チオフェン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環などが挙げられる。なお、Arは芳香環および複素環以外に、2価の脂肪族炭化水素基(好ましくは炭素数1~8)、-O-、-S-、-SO2-、-N(R)-(R:アルキル基)、-CO-、-NH-、-COO-、-CONH-、またはこれらを組み合わせた基(例えば、アルキレンオキシ基、アルキレンオキシカルボニル基、アルキレンカルボニルオキシ基など)を含んでいてもよい。
 なかでも、Arとしては、式(3)~(19)で示される基が好ましい。特に、式(6)~(19)で示される基が好ましく、式(6)、(8)、(9)、(12)、(13)および(15)~(19)で示される基がより好ましい。
Ar represents a divalent organic group containing one or both of an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring. Examples of the aromatic ring include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, and an anthracene ring. The heterocyclic ring includes pyridine ring, pyrazole ring, triazole ring, thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, oxazole ring, thiadiazole ring, pyrrole ring, isoxazole ring, thiophene ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring. Etc. Ar represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 8), —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —N (R) — (in addition to an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring. R: an alkyl group), —CO—, —NH—, —COO—, —CONH—, or a combination thereof (for example, an alkyleneoxy group, an alkyleneoxycarbonyl group, an alkylenecarbonyloxy group, etc.) Also good.
Among these, as Ar, groups represented by formulas (3) to (19) are preferable. In particular, groups represented by formulas (6) to (19) are preferred, and groups represented by formulas (6), (8), (9), (12), (13) and (15) to (19) are preferred. More preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 上記R1~R128は、互いに独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、スルホン基、炭素数1~10の分岐構造を有していてもよいアルキル基、または炭素数1~10の分岐構造を有していてもよいアルコキシ基を表す。
 W1、W2およびW3は、互いに独立して、単結合、CR130131(R130およびR131は、互いに独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~10の分岐構造を有していてもよいアルキル基(ただし、これらは一緒になって環を形成していてもよい。)を表す。)、-C(=O)-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2-、または-NR129-(R129は、水素原子または炭素数1~10の分岐構造を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す。)を表す。
 これらアルキル基、アルコキシ基としては上記と同様のものが挙げられる。
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。
 また、X1およびX2は、互いに独立して、単結合、炭素数1~10の分岐構造を有していてもよいアルキレン基、または式(20)で表される基を表す。
R 1 to R 128 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a sulfone group, an alkyl group which may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. An alkoxy group which may have a branched structure is represented.
W 1 , W 2 and W 3 are each independently a single bond, CR 130 R 131 (R 130 and R 131 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. An alkyl group (which may be combined together to form a ring), —C (═O) —, —O—, —S—, —SO—, — SO 2 — or —NR 129 — (R 129 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
Examples of these alkyl groups and alkoxy groups are the same as those described above.
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group which may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a group represented by the formula (20).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 上記R132~R135は、互いに独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、スルホン基、炭素数1~10の分岐構造を有していてもよいアルキル基、または炭素数1~10の分岐構造を有していてもよいアルコキシ基を表す。
 Y1およびY2は、互いに独立して、単結合または炭素数1~10の分岐構造を有していてもよいアルキレン基を表す。
 これらハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基としては上記と同様のものが挙げられる。
 炭素数1~10の分岐構造を有していてもよいアルキレン基としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、トリメチレン基、テトラメチレン基、ペンタメチレン基等が挙げられる。
R 132 to R 135 are independently of each other a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a sulfone group, an alkyl group which may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. An alkoxy group which may have a branched structure is represented.
Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an alkylene group which may have a single bond or a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
Examples of the halogen atom, alkyl group and alkoxy group are the same as those described above.
Examples of the alkylene group that may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, and a pentamethylene group.
 好適なArとしては、フルオレン環を含有する2価の有機基が挙げられ、例えば、下記式(21)または(22)で示される2価の有機基が好適である。 Suitable Ar includes a divalent organic group containing a fluorene ring. For example, a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (21) or (22) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式中、R136~R159は、互いに独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、スルホン基、炭素数1~10の分岐構造を有していてもよいアルキル基(ただし、R158およびR159は一緒になって環を形成していてもよい。)、または、炭素数1~10の分岐構造を有していてもよいアルコキシ基を表す。
 ここで、ハロゲン原子としては、上記と同様のものが挙げられる。
 炭素数1~10の分岐構造を有していてもよいアルキル基としては、上記と同様のものが挙げられる。
 また、R158およびR159が一緒になって形成する環としては、シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環等が挙げられる。
 炭素数1~10の分岐構造を有していてもよいアルコキシ基としては、上記と同様のものが挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、R136~R159としては、水素原子が好ましい。
In the formula, R 136 to R 159 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a sulfone group, or an alkyl group which may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (provided that R 158 and R 159 may combine together to form a ring.), Or represents an alkoxy group which may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
Here, as a halogen atom, the same thing as the above is mentioned.
Examples of the alkyl group which may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include the same ones as described above.
Examples of the ring formed by R 158 and R 159 together include a cyclopentyl ring and a cyclohexyl ring.
Examples of the alkoxy group which may have a branched structure having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include the same groups as described above.
Among these, R 136 to R 159 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
 上記式(3)~(19)、(21)および(22)で表される基の具体例としては、下記式で示されるものが挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the groups represented by the above formulas (3) to (19), (21) and (22) include those represented by the following formula, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 これらの中でも、より高い屈折率の重合体が得られることから、下記式で示される基がより好ましい。 Among these, a group represented by the following formula is more preferable because a polymer having a higher refractive index can be obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 さらに、高屈折率を発現させるという点から、Ar部分としては、フルオレン骨格やカルバゾール骨格等の環状骨格を有する剛直な構造が、Ar部分が密に集まり易く、電子密度が向上するため好適であり、また、単純なベンゼン環も小さな構造であるため、Ar部分が密に集まり易く、電子密度が向上するため好適である。
 また、W1等のベンゼン環の連結基としては、高い水素結合能を有する、カルボニルを含む基やアミン等の官能基が、アミン部位の水素原子(R1Aおよび/またはR2Aが水素原子の場合)と水素結合を形成してよりAr部分が密に集まり易く、電子密度が向上するため好適である。
 以上のような観点から、下記式で示される基が好ましい。
Furthermore, from the standpoint of developing a high refractive index, a rigid structure having a cyclic skeleton such as a fluorene skeleton or a carbazole skeleton is preferable as the Ar portion because the Ar portion tends to gather closely and the electron density is improved. In addition, since a simple benzene ring also has a small structure, it is preferable because Ar portions are easily gathered densely and the electron density is improved.
In addition, as a linking group of a benzene ring such as W 1 , a functional group such as a carbonyl-containing group or an amine having a high hydrogen bonding ability is a hydrogen atom at the amine site (R 1A and / or R 2A is a hydrogen atom). In this case, a hydrogen bond is formed, and the Ar portion is more likely to gather more densely, which is preferable because the electron density is improved.
From the above viewpoints, a group represented by the following formula is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 より高い屈折率を発現するという点から下記式で示されるアリール基がより好ましい。 An aryl group represented by the following formula is more preferable from the viewpoint of expressing a higher refractive index.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 好適な繰り返し単位構造としては、下記式(23)または(24)で示されるものが挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Suitable repeating unit structures include, but are not limited to, those represented by the following formula (23) or (24).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 また、重合体がハイパーブランチポリマーの場合、レジスト溶剤等の安全性の高い溶剤に対する該重合体の溶解性をより高めることを考慮すると、式(25)で示される繰り返し単位構造を含むことが好ましい。 Further, when the polymer is a hyperbranched polymer, it is preferable to include a repeating unit structure represented by the formula (25) in consideration of further increasing the solubility of the polymer in a highly safe solvent such as a resist solvent. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式中、R1A、R2A、およびR77~R80は、上記と同じ意味を表す。
 このような観点から、特に好適な繰り返し単位構造としては、下記式(26)で示されるものが挙げられ、下記式(27)で示される高分岐重合体(ハイパーブランチポリマー)が最適である。
In the formula, R 1A , R 2A , and R 77 to R 80 represent the same meaning as described above.
From such a viewpoint, as a particularly preferable repeating unit structure, one represented by the following formula (26) is exemplified, and a hyperbranched polymer (hyperbranched polymer) represented by the following formula (27) is optimal.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式中、R1A、R2Aは、上記と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, R 1A and R 2A represent the same meaning as described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 上記式(1A)または式(2A)で表される繰り返し単位を有するトリアジン環含有重合体の製造法は特に制限されず、WO2010/128661号の段落0051~段落0069に記載の方法が挙げられる。
 次に、式(3A)について説明する。
The production method of the triazine ring-containing polymer having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1A) or (2A) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the methods described in paragraphs 0051 to 0069 of WO2010 / 128661.
Next, Formula (3A) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式(3A)におけるArは、芳香環および複素環のいずれか一方または双方を含む2価の有機基であれば特に限定されるものではないが、本発明においては、前述の式(3)~(19)で表される基のいずれかが好ましく、特に、式(10)、(11)、(13)および(14)で表される基のいずれかが好ましい。
 また、式(10)および(11)の場合、それらのW1およびW2が、S(硫黄原子)であるものが好適である。
 前述の式(3)~(19)で表される基の具体例としては、下記式で示されるものが挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
Ar in the formula (3A) is not particularly limited as long as it is a divalent organic group containing one or both of an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring, but in the present invention, the above formula (3) to Any of the groups represented by (19) is preferred, and any of the groups represented by formulas (10), (11), (13) and (14) is particularly preferred.
In the case of the formulas (10) and (11), those in which W 1 and W 2 are S (sulfur atom) are preferable.
Specific examples of the groups represented by the above formulas (3) to (19) include those represented by the following formula, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 これらの中でも、より高い屈折率のポリマーが得られることから、下記式で示されるアリール基がより好ましい。 Among these, an aryl group represented by the following formula is more preferable because a polymer having a higher refractive index can be obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 さらに、より高い屈折率を発現するという点から、下記式で示されるアリール基がより好ましい。 Furthermore, an aryl group represented by the following formula is more preferable from the viewpoint of expressing a higher refractive index.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 好適な繰り返し単位構造としては、下記式で示されるものが挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。 Suitable examples of the repeating unit structure include those represented by the following formula, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 上記式(3A)で表される繰り返し単位を有するトリアジン環含有重合体(ハイパーブランチポリマー)の製造法は特に制限されず、特開2012-97175号の段落0036~段落0048に記載の方法が挙げられる。
 次に式(4A)について説明する。
The production method of the triazine ring-containing polymer (hyperbranched polymer) having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (3A) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the methods described in paragraphs 0036 to 0048 of JP2012-97175A. It is done.
Next, Formula (4A) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 上記式(4A)中、R4A~R9Aは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基、Wで置換されていてもよいフェニル基、またはWで置換されていてもよいナフチル基を表す。
 Y1およびY2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表す。
 Z1およびZ2は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基またはWで置換されていてもよいフェニレン基を表す。
 Wは、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基、またはヒドロキシ基を表し、nは、0または1以上の整数を表す。
 アルキル基の炭素数は1~10であるが、ポリマーの耐熱性をより高めることを考慮すると、炭素数1~5がより好ましく、炭素数1~3がより一層好ましい。
In the above formula (4A), R 4A to R 9A each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group optionally substituted with W. Or a naphthyl group optionally substituted by W.
Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenylene group optionally substituted with W.
W represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a hydroxy group, and n represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more.
The alkyl group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, but in view of further improving the heat resistance of the polymer, the carbon number is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
 上記アルコキシ基の炭素数は、1~10であるが、ポリマーの耐熱性をより高めることを考慮すると、炭素数1~5がより好ましく、炭素数1~3がより一層好ましい。また、そのアルキル部分の構造は、鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれでもよい。
 アルキル基、アルコキシ基の構造は特に制限されず、特開2012-097176号の段落0019、段落0020に記載のアルキル基の説明を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
The alkoxy group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, but in view of further improving the heat resistance of the polymer, 1 to 5 carbon atoms are more preferable, and 1 to 3 carbon atoms are even more preferable. Further, the structure of the alkyl moiety may be any of a chain, a branch, and a ring.
The structure of the alkyl group or alkoxy group is not particularly limited, and the description of the alkyl group described in paragraphs 0019 and 0020 of JP2012-097176 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 Wで置換されていてもよいフェニル基の具体例としては、フェニル基、o-ヒドロキシフェニル基、m-ヒドロキシフェニル基、p-ヒドロキシフェニル基、o-メトキシフェニル基、m-メトキシフェニル基、p-メトキシフェニル基、o-トリル基、m-トリル基、p-トリル基等が挙げられる。
 Wで置換されていてもよいナフチル基の具体例としては、α-ナフチル基、β-ナフチル基等が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the phenyl group which may be substituted with W include a phenyl group, o-hydroxyphenyl group, m-hydroxyphenyl group, p-hydroxyphenyl group, o-methoxyphenyl group, m-methoxyphenyl group, p -Methoxyphenyl group, o-tolyl group, m-tolyl group, p-tolyl group and the like.
Specific examples of the naphthyl group which may be substituted with W include α-naphthyl group, β-naphthyl group and the like.
 上記アルキレン基の炭素数は1~10であるが、ポリマーの耐熱性をより高めることを考慮すると、炭素数1~5がより好ましく、炭素数1~3がより一層好ましい。また、その構造は、鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれでもよい。
 アルキレン基の具体例としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、トリメチレン基、プロピレン基、テトラメチレン基、ペンタメチレン基等が挙げられる。
The alkylene group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, but in view of further improving the heat resistance of the polymer, it is more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Further, the structure may be any of a chain, a branch, and a ring.
Specific examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a trimethylene group, a propylene group, a tetramethylene group, and a pentamethylene group.
 Wで置換されていてもよいフェニレン基の具体例としては、p-フェニレン基、m-フェニレン基、o-フェニレン基や、これらのフェニレン基が有する水素原子の少なくとも1つが、Wで置換、すなわち、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基で置換されたものが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the phenylene group that may be substituted with W include p-phenylene group, m-phenylene group, o-phenylene group, and at least one hydrogen atom of these phenylene groups is substituted with W, And those substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a hydroxy group.
 上記式(4A)において、R4A~R9Aとしては、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基が最適である。
 Y1およびY2は、水素原子が好ましい。
 Z1およびZ2は、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキレン基がより好ましい。
 nは、0または1以上の整数であれば、特に限定されるものではないが、好ましくは0または1~8の整数である。
 本発明における、好適な繰り返し単位構造としては、以下の各式で示されるものが挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
 なお、式中、nは上記と同じである。
In the above formula (4A), R 4A to R 9A are preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and most preferably a methyl group.
Y 1 and Y 2 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
Z 1 and Z 2 are preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
n is not particularly limited as long as it is 0 or an integer of 1 or more, but is preferably 0 or an integer of 1 to 8.
Suitable repeating unit structures in the present invention include, but are not limited to, those represented by the following formulas.
In the formula, n is the same as described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 上記式(4A)で表される繰り返し単位を有するトリアジン環含有重合体の製造法は特に制限されず、特開2012-97176号の段落0028~段落0044に記載の方法が挙げられる。 The production method of the triazine ring-containing polymer having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (4A) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the methods described in paragraphs 0028 to 0044 of JP2012-97176A.
 下地層中に含まれるトリアジン環含有重合体は、下記式(10A)で表される重合性単量体を少なくとも含む重合性単量体を硬化させて得られる重合体であることも好ましい。 The triazine ring-containing polymer contained in the undercoat layer is also preferably a polymer obtained by curing a polymerizable monomer containing at least a polymerizable monomer represented by the following formula (10A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式(10A)中、X4~X6のうち1つまたは2つは、式(11A)または式(12A)(式(11A)中、R142は、水素原子、炭素数1~10のアルキル基または炭素数2~10のアルケニル基を表す。)で表される基であり、X4~X6のうちの残りは,式(13A)または式(14A)(式(13A)中、R143およびR144は、それぞれ独立してフェニル基またはナフチル基をあらわす。)で表される基である。 In the formula (10A), one or two of X 4 to X 6 are the formula (11A) or the formula (12A) (in the formula (11A), R 142 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Or the remainder of X 4 to X 6 is the group represented by formula (13A) or formula (14A) (in formula (13A), R 143 and R 144 each independently represent a phenyl group or a naphthyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 重合体の重量平均分子量は特に限定されるものではないが、500~500,000が好ましく、1000~100,000がより好ましく、より耐熱性を向上させるとともに、収縮率を低くするという点から、2,000以上が好ましく、より溶解性を高め、得られた溶液の粘度を低下させるという点から、50,000以下が好ましく、30,000以下がより好ましく、さらに10,000以下が好ましい。
 なお、本発明における重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(以下、GPCという)分析による標準ポリスチレン換算で得られる平均分子量である。
 なお、本発明においては、市販の高屈折率樹脂を好適に用いることができる。以下にその商品名(製品番号)を列記しておく。
(1)超高屈折率、高耐熱コーティング材料:UR-108、UR-202、UR-501、HR-102(日産化学工業社製)
(2)厚膜用高屈折率コーティング材料:UR-108、UR-204、HR-201(日産化学工業社製)
(3)チオエポキシ樹脂LPH1101(三菱ガス化学社製)
(4)エピスルフィド樹脂MR-174(三井化学社製)
(5)チオウレタン樹脂MR-7(三井化学社製)
The weight average molecular weight of the polymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 500 to 500,000, more preferably 1000 to 100,000, from the viewpoint of further improving heat resistance and reducing the shrinkage rate. It is preferably 2,000 or more, preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 10,000 or less from the viewpoint of further increasing the solubility and decreasing the viscosity of the obtained solution.
In addition, the weight average molecular weight in this invention is an average molecular weight obtained by standard polystyrene conversion by gel permeation chromatography (henceforth GPC) analysis.
In the present invention, a commercially available high refractive index resin can be suitably used. The product names (product numbers) are listed below.
(1) Ultra-high refractive index, high heat-resistant coating material: UR-108, UR-202, UR-501, HR-102 (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries)
(2) High refractive index coating material for thick film: UR-108, UR-204, HR-201 (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries)
(3) Thioepoxy resin LPH1101 (Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.)
(4) Episulfide resin MR-174 (Mitsui Chemicals)
(5) Thiourethane resin MR-7 (Mitsui Chemicals)
 下地層中における重合体の含有量は特に制限されないが、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、下地層全質量に対して、40質量%以上が好ましく、70~95質量%がより好ましい。
 なお、下地層には上記重合体以外の他の成分(例えば、界面活性剤、密着向上剤など)が含まれていてもよい。界面活性剤、密着向上剤の例示としては、後述する着色感放射線性組成物に含まれる界面活性剤、密着向上剤で述べる例示が挙げられる。
The content of the polymer in the underlayer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 40% by mass or more, and more preferably 70 to 95% by mass with respect to the total mass of the underlayer in terms of more excellent effects of the present invention.
In addition, other components (for example, surfactant, adhesion improving agent, etc.) other than the polymer may be contained in the underlayer. Examples of the surfactant and the adhesion improver include those described in the surfactant and adhesion improver contained in the colored radiation-sensitive composition described later.
 下地層には、高屈折率低分子化合物がさらに含まれていてもよい。高屈折率低分子化合物は、高屈折率を発現する構造を有する低分子化合物(高屈折率低分子化合物)であればよく、重合性基が含まれていてもよい。つまり、高屈折率低分子化合物は、「重合性モノマー」(重合性基を含む化合物)でも、「低分子化合物」(重合性基を含まない化合物)でもよいが、「低分子化合物」が好ましい。
 高屈折率低分子化合物の分子量は特に制限されないが、3000以下が好ましく、800以下がより好ましく、600以下がさらに好ましい。
 高屈折率低分子化合物は、下地層形成用組成物においては、感度調整剤としても機能し、含有量を好適化することで、膜の形成プロセスにおいて、歩留まりを向上させることができる。高屈折率低分子化合物の含有量は特に制限されないが、トリアジン環含有重合体の含有量を基準としてその10質量%以下が好ましく、7質量%以下がより好ましく、5質量%以下が特に好ましい。高屈折率低分子化合物を微量入れることで、トリアジン環含有重合体単体と比較してさらに屈折率を高めることができる。
 高屈折率低分子化合物としては、トリアジン環含有重合体の高屈折率を発現する構造と同じ構造を有することが好ましい。高屈折率低分子化合物は、具体的には、トリアジン環構造(式(A))を有する化合物や、フルオレン構造(式(B))を有する化合物が挙げられる。また、上記トリアジン環構造を有する化合物、および、フルオレン構造を有する化合物は、さらに重合性基(例えば、ラジカル重合性基(例:(メタ)アクリロイル基またはビニル基))が含まれていてもよい。
 また、上記高屈折率低分子化合物は、後述する下地層形成用組成物に含まれていてもよく、その含有量は上記範囲であることが好ましい。
The underlayer may further contain a high refractive index low molecular compound. The high refractive index low molecular compound may be a low molecular compound (high refractive index low molecular compound) having a structure that expresses a high refractive index, and may contain a polymerizable group. That is, the high-refractive-index low-molecular compound may be a “polymerizable monomer” (compound containing a polymerizable group) or a “low-molecular compound” (compound containing no polymerizable group), but is preferably a “low-molecular compound”. .
The molecular weight of the high refractive index low molecular compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, and even more preferably 600 or less.
The high-refractive-index low-molecular compound also functions as a sensitivity adjusting agent in the underlayer-forming composition, and by optimizing the content, the yield can be improved in the film formation process. The content of the high refractive index low molecular compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 7% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or less based on the content of the triazine ring-containing polymer. By adding a small amount of a high-refractive-index low-molecular compound, the refractive index can be further increased as compared with the triazine ring-containing polymer alone.
The high-refractive-index low-molecular compound preferably has the same structure as the structure that expresses the high-refractive index of the triazine ring-containing polymer. Specific examples of the high refractive index and low molecular weight compound include a compound having a triazine ring structure (formula (A)) and a compound having a fluorene structure (formula (B)). In addition, the compound having a triazine ring structure and the compound having a fluorene structure may further contain a polymerizable group (for example, a radically polymerizable group (eg, (meth) acryloyl group or vinyl group)). .
Moreover, the said high refractive index low molecular weight compound may be contained in the composition for base layer formation mentioned later, and it is preferable that the content is the said range.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(下地層の形成方法)
 下地層の形成方法は特に制限されず、公知の方法を採用できる。例えば、上述した重合体などの下地層を形成する材料を含む下地層形成用組成物を、支持体上に塗布して、必要に応じて硬化処理(例えば、加熱処理および/または露光処理)を実施する方法を採用できる。
 塗布の方法は特に制限されず、スプレー法、ロールコート法、回転塗布法(スピンコート法)、バー塗布法などが挙げられる。
 また、下地層形成用組成物は、透明な組成物であることが好ましく、より具体的には、組成物により膜厚1.0μmの下地層を形成した時、下地層の厚み方向に対する光透過率が、400~700nmの波長領域全域に渡って90%以上となるような組成物であることが好ましい。
 すなわち、下地層は、膜厚1.0μmにおいて、膜の厚み方向に対する光透過率が、400~700nmの波長領域全域に渡って90%以上となるような膜が好ましい。
 なお、上記光透過率は、400~700nmの波長領域全域に渡って、95%以上であることが好ましく、99%以上であることがより好ましく、100%であることが最も好ましい。
 下地層形成用組成物は、後述する着色剤を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。より具体的には、着色剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0質量%であることが好ましい。
 また、下地層形成用組成物には、必要に応じて、架橋剤、溶剤、界面活性剤、密着向上剤などが含まれていてもよい。溶剤、界面活性剤、密着向上剤のそれぞれの例示としては、後述する着色感放射線性組成物に含まれる溶剤、界面活性剤、密着向上剤で述べる例示が挙げられる。
(Formation method of underlayer)
The formation method in particular of a base layer is not restrict | limited, A well-known method is employable. For example, a composition for forming an underlayer containing a material for forming an underlayer such as the polymer described above is applied onto a support, and a curing treatment (for example, a heat treatment and / or an exposure treatment) is performed as necessary. The method of implementation can be adopted.
The coating method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a spray method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method (spin coating method), and a bar coating method.
The underlayer-forming composition is preferably a transparent composition. More specifically, when an underlayer having a thickness of 1.0 μm is formed from the composition, light transmission in the thickness direction of the underlayer is achieved. It is preferable that the composition has a rate of 90% or more over the entire wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm.
That is, the base layer is preferably a film having a light transmittance of 90% or more over the entire wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm when the film thickness is 1.0 μm.
The light transmittance is preferably 95% or more, more preferably 99% or more, and most preferably 100% over the entire wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm.
It is preferable that the underlayer-forming composition does not substantially contain a colorant described later. More specifically, the content of the colorant is preferably 0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
In addition, the underlayer forming composition may contain a crosslinking agent, a solvent, a surfactant, an adhesion improver, and the like, if necessary. Examples of each of the solvent, the surfactant, and the adhesion improver include those described in the solvent, surfactant, and adhesion improver contained in the colored radiation-sensitive composition described later.
 なお、架橋剤としては、上述した重合体と反応し得る置換基を有する化合物であれば特に限定されるものではない。
 そのような化合物としては、メチロール基、メトキシメチル基などの架橋形成置換基を有するメラミン系化合物、置換尿素系化合物、エポキシ基またはオキセタン基などの架橋形成置換基を含有する化合物、ブロック化イソシアナートを含有する化合物、酸無水物を有する化合物、(メタ)アクリル基を有する化合物、フェノプラスト化合物などが挙げられるが、耐熱性や保存安定性の観点から、エポキシ基、ブロックイソシアネート基、(メタ)アクリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。
In addition, as a crosslinking agent, if it is a compound which has a substituent which can react with the polymer mentioned above, it will not specifically limit.
Examples of such compounds include melamine compounds having a crosslinkable substituent such as a methylol group and methoxymethyl group, substituted urea compounds, compounds containing a crosslinkable substituent such as an epoxy group or an oxetane group, and blocked isocyanates. A compound containing acid, a compound having an acid anhydride, a compound having a (meth) acrylic group, a phenoplast compound, etc., from the viewpoint of heat resistance and storage stability, an epoxy group, a blocked isocyanate group, (meth) A compound having an acrylic group is preferred.
 なお、下地層形成用組成物には、NaClなどの塩の含有量が少ないことが好ましく、100質量ppm以下が好ましく、50質量ppm以下がより好ましい。1質量ppm以上が好ましく、5質量ppm以上がより好ましい。塩の含有量が上記所定値以下の場合、膜の欠陥の発生がより抑制される。また、塩を微量添加することで、パターン形状の調整剤として機能し、フォトリソでパターンを形成するときに、所望のパターンを形成しやすくなる。塩の含有量は、ろ過により調整することができる。 In addition, it is preferable that there is little content of salts, such as NaCl, in the composition for base layer formation, 100 mass ppm or less is preferable, and 50 mass ppm or less is more preferable. 1 mass ppm or more is preferable, and 5 mass ppm or more is more preferable. When the salt content is less than or equal to the predetermined value, the occurrence of film defects is further suppressed. Further, by adding a small amount of salt, it functions as a pattern shape adjusting agent, and it is easy to form a desired pattern when forming a pattern with photolithography. The salt content can be adjusted by filtration.
<着色層形成工程>
 着色層形成工程は、上記で述べた下地層上に、(A)着色剤(好ましくは顔料)、(B)重合開始剤、および(C)重合性化合物を含む、着色感放射線性組成物を用いて着色層を形成する工程である。着色層の色は特に制限されず、使用される着色剤の種類によって適宜調整でき、例えば、赤色着色層、緑色着色層、青色着色層などが挙げられ、これらを下地層上に同時に配置してもよい。
 以下では、まず、本工程で使用される着色感放射線性組成物について詳述し、その後工程の手順について詳述する。
<Colored layer forming step>
In the colored layer forming step, a colored radiation-sensitive composition containing (A) a colorant (preferably a pigment), (B) a polymerization initiator, and (C) a polymerizable compound is formed on the base layer described above. It is the process of forming a colored layer using. The color of the colored layer is not particularly limited and can be appropriately adjusted depending on the type of the colorant used, and examples thereof include a red colored layer, a green colored layer, a blue colored layer, and the like. Also good.
Below, the colored radiation sensitive composition used at this process is explained in full detail first, and the procedure of the post process is explained in full detail.
(着色感放射線性組成物(以後、単に「組成物」「本発明の組成物」とも称する。)
 着色感放射線性組成物には、(A)着色剤(好ましくは顔料)、(B)重合開始剤、および(C)重合性化合物が少なくとも含まれる。
 まず、各成分について詳述する。
(Colored radiation-sensitive composition (hereinafter also simply referred to as “composition” or “composition of the present invention”)
The colored radiation-sensitive composition contains at least (A) a colorant (preferably a pigment), (B) a polymerization initiator, and (C) a polymerizable compound.
First, each component will be described in detail.
((A)着色剤)
 着色剤の種類は特に制限されず、有彩色系(赤色、マゼンタ色、黄色、青色、シアン色および緑色等)の顔料または染料や、黒色の顔料または染料が使用される。
 有彩色系の顔料としては、従来公知の種々の無機顔料または有機顔料を用いることができる。また、無機顔料であれ有機顔料であれ、高透過率であることが好ましいことを考慮すると、なるべく細かいものの使用が好ましく、ハンドリング性をも考慮すると、上記顔料の平均一次粒子径は、0.01μm~0.1μmが好ましく、0.01μm~0.05mがより好ましい。
 無機顔料としては、金属酸化物、金属錯塩等で示される金属化合物を挙げることができ、具体的には、鉄、コバルト、アルミニウム、カドミウム、鉛、銅、チタン、マグネシウム、クロム、亜鉛、アンチモン、銀等の金属酸化物、および金属の複合酸化物を挙げることができる。チタンの窒化物、銀錫化合物、銀化合物なども使用することができる。
((A) Colorant)
The type of the colorant is not particularly limited, and chromatic pigments (red, magenta, yellow, blue, cyan, green, etc.) or black pigments or dyes are used.
As the chromatic pigment, various conventionally known inorganic pigments or organic pigments can be used. Further, considering that it is preferable to have a high transmittance, whether it is an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, it is preferable to use a finer one as much as possible, and considering the handling properties, the average primary particle diameter of the pigment is 0.01 μm. Is preferably 0.1 μm, more preferably 0.01 μm to 0.05 m.
Examples of the inorganic pigment include metal compounds represented by metal oxides, metal complex salts, and the like. Specifically, iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, titanium, magnesium, chromium, zinc, antimony, Mention may be made of metal oxides such as silver, and composite oxides of metals. Titanium nitrides, silver tin compounds, silver compounds, and the like can also be used.
 本発明において好ましく用いることができる顔料として、以下のものを挙げることができる。但し本発明は、これらに限定されるものではない。
 C.I.ピグメント イエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214等、
 C.I.Pigment Orange 2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等、
 C.I.ピグメントレッド 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,270,272,279
Examples of the pigment that can be preferably used in the present invention include the following. However, the present invention is not limited to these.
C. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175 , 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, etc.
C. I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc. ,
C. I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4 49, 49: 1, 49: 2, 52: 1, 52: 2, 53: 1, 57: 1, 60: 1, 63: 1, 66, 67, 81: 1, 81: 2, 81: 3 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184 185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,270,272,279
 C.I. ピグメント グリーン 7,10,36,37,58
 C.I.ピグメント バイオレット 1,19,23,27,32,37,42
 C.I.ピグメントブルー Blue 1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,60,64,66,79,80
 C.I.Pigment Black 1
 これら有機顔料は、単独若しくは色純度を上げるため種々組合せて用いることができる。
C. I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58
C. I. Pigment Violet 1,19,23,27,32,37,42
C. I. Pigment Blue Blue 1,2,15,15: 1,15: 2,15: 3,15: 4,15: 6,16,22,60,64,66,79,80
C. I. Pigment Black 1
These organic pigments can be used alone or in various combinations in order to increase color purity.
 顔料としては、上述したように、無機顔料を用いてもよく、無機顔料としては、例えば、金属顔料、金属化合物や金属酸化物などからなる金属含有無機顔料、カーボンブラックなどが挙げられる。
 また、組成物はカラーフィルタの着色領域(画素)の形成のみならず、ブラックマトリックスの形成に使用してもよく、ブラックマトリックス形成用組成物に用いられる黒色顔料としては、カーボン、チタンブラック、酸化鉄、酸化チタン、銀錫、銀などの他に、酸化チタンなどの金属酸化物を含有する金属混合物等からなる顔料が用いることができる。チタンブラックの市販品の例としては例えば、三菱マテリアル社製チタンブラック10S、12S、13R、13M、13M-C、13R、13R-N、赤穂化成(株)ティラック(Tilack)Dなどが挙げられる。
As described above, an inorganic pigment may be used as the pigment, and examples of the inorganic pigment include a metal pigment, a metal-containing inorganic pigment made of a metal compound or a metal oxide, and carbon black.
The composition may be used not only for the formation of colored regions (pixels) of a color filter, but also for the formation of a black matrix. Examples of black pigments used in a composition for forming a black matrix include carbon, titanium black, oxidation In addition to iron, titanium oxide, silver tin, silver, and the like, a pigment made of a metal mixture containing a metal oxide such as titanium oxide can be used. Examples of commercially available titanium black include, for example, Titanium Black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R, 13R-N, Ako Kasei Co., Ltd., Tilac D, manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation. .
 顔料としては、平均粒子径(r)が、20nm≦r≦300nm、好ましくは125nm≦r≦250nm、特に好ましくは30nm≦r≦200nmを満たす顔料が望ましい。このような平均粒子径の顔料を用いることにより、高コントラスト比であり、かつ高光透過率の画素を得ることができる。ここでいう「平均粒子径」とは、顔料の一次粒子(単微結晶)が集合した二次粒子についての平均粒子径を意味する。平均一次粒子径は、SEMまたはTEMで観察し、粒子が凝集していない部分で粒子サイズを100個計測し、平均値を算出することによって求めることができる。
 また、本発明において使用しうる顔料の二次粒子の粒子径分布(以下、単に「粒子径分布」という。)は、(平均粒子径±100)nmに入る二次粒子が全体の70質量%以上、好ましくは80質量%以上であることが望ましい。なお、本発明においては、粒子径分布は、散乱強度分布を用いて測定した。
 上記した平均粒子径および粒子径分布を有する顔料は、市販の顔料を、場合により使用される他の顔料(平均粒子径は通常、300nmを超える。)と共に、好ましくは分散剤および溶剤と混合した顔料混合液として、例えばビーズミル、ロールミル等の粉砕機を用いて、粉砕しつつ混合・分散することにより調製することができる。このようにして得られる顔料は、通常、顔料分散液の形態をとる。
As the pigment, a pigment having an average particle diameter (r) satisfying 20 nm ≦ r ≦ 300 nm, preferably 125 nm ≦ r ≦ 250 nm, particularly preferably 30 nm ≦ r ≦ 200 nm is desirable. By using a pigment having such an average particle diameter, a pixel having a high contrast ratio and a high light transmittance can be obtained. Here, the “average particle size” means the average particle size of secondary particles in which primary particles (single crystallites) of the pigment are aggregated. The average primary particle diameter can be determined by observing with an SEM or TEM, measuring 100 particle sizes in a portion where the particles are not aggregated, and calculating an average value.
The particle size distribution of the secondary particles of the pigment that can be used in the present invention (hereinafter, simply referred to as “particle size distribution”) is 70% by mass of secondary particles having an average particle size of ± 100 nm. As mentioned above, it is desirable that it is 80 mass% or more. In the present invention, the particle size distribution was measured using the scattering intensity distribution.
The pigment having the above average particle size and particle size distribution is preferably a commercially available pigment mixed with a dispersant and a solvent together with other pigments used (the average particle size is usually more than 300 nm). The pigment mixture can be prepared by mixing and dispersing while pulverizing using a pulverizer such as a bead mill or a roll mill. The pigment thus obtained is usually in the form of a pigment dispersion.
 組成物に含有される顔料の含有量(濃度)としては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、組成物の全固形分中、40質量%以上であることが好ましく、45質量%以上がより好ましく、50質量%が更に好ましい。上限については特に制限はないが、好ましくは75質量%以下である。
 染料としては、特に制限はなく、公知の染料を適宜選択して使用できる。例えば、特開昭64-90403号公報、特開昭64-91102号公報、特開平1-94301号公報、特開平6-11614号公報、特登2592207号、米国特許第4,808,501号明細書、米国特許第5,667,920号明細書、米国特許第5,059,500号明細書、特開平5-333207号公報、特開平6-35183号公報、特開平6-51115号公報、特開平6-194828号公報、特開平8-211599号公報、特開平4-249549号公報、特開平10-123316号公報、特開平11-302283号公報、特開平7-286107号公報、特開2001-4823号公報、特開平8-15522号公報、特開平8-29771号公報、特開平8-146215号公報、特開平11-343437号公報、特開平8-62416号公報、特開2002-14220号公報、特開2002-14221号公報、特開2002-14222号公報、特開2002-14223号公報、特開平8-302224号公報、特開平8-73758号公報、特開平8-179120号公報、特開平8-151531号公報等に記載の色素である。
 化学構造としては、ピラゾールアゾ系、アニリノアゾ系、トリフェニルメタン系、アントラキノン系、アンスラピリドン系、ベンジリデン系、オキソノール系、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ系、ピリドンアゾ系、シアニン系、フェノチアジン系、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン系、キサンテン系、フタロシアニン系、ベンゾピラン系、インジゴ系等の染料が使用できる。これらの染料は多量体であってもよい。
The content (concentration) of the pigment contained in the composition is preferably 40% by mass or more and more preferably 45% by mass or more in the total solid content of the composition in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. Preferably, 50 mass% is more preferable. Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular about an upper limit, Preferably it is 75 mass% or less.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as dye, A well-known dye can be selected suitably and can be used. For example, JP-A 64-90403, JP-A-64-91102, JP-A-1-94301, JP-A-6-11614, JP 2592207, US Pat. No. 4,808,501 Specification, US Pat. No. 5,667,920, US Pat. No. 5,059,500, JP-A-5-333207, JP-A-6-35183, JP-A-6-51115 JP-A-6-194828, JP-A-8-2111599, JP-A-4-249549, JP-A-10-123316, JP-A-11-302283, JP-A-7-286107, JP-A-2001-4823, JP-A-8-15522, JP-A-8-29771, JP-A-8-146215, JP-A-11-3434. No. 7, JP-A-8-62416, JP-A-2002-14220, JP-A-2002-14221, JP-A-2002-14222, JP-A-2002-14223, JP-A-8-302224 The dyes described in JP-A-8-73758, JP-A-8-179120, JP-A-8-151531, and the like.
The chemical structure includes pyrazole azo, anilino azo, triphenyl methane, anthraquinone, anthrapyridone, benzylidene, oxonol, pyrazolotriazole azo, pyridone azo, cyanine, phenothiazine, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine, A dye such as xanthene, phthalocyanine, benzopyran, or indigo can be used. These dyes may be multimers.
(分散剤)
 なお、本発明の組成物では、顔料の分散性を更に向上させる観点から、分散剤を添加することが好ましい。
 分散剤(以下、「顔料分散剤」ということがある)としては、高分子分散剤(例えば、ポリアミドアミンとその塩、ポリカルボン酸とその塩、高分子量不飽和酸エステル、変性ポリウレタン、変性ポリエステル、変性ポリ(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル系共重合体、ナフタレンスルホン酸ホルマリン縮合物)、および、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルリン酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルアミン、アルカノールアミン、顔料誘導体等を挙げることができる。
 高分子分散剤は、その構造から更に直鎖状高分子、末端変性型高分子、グラフト型高分子、ブロック型高分子に分類することができる。
 高分子分散剤は顔料の表面に吸着し、再凝集を防止する様に作用する。そのため、顔料表面へのアンカー部位を有する末端変性型高分子、グラフト型高分子、ブロック型高分子が好ましい構造として挙げることができる。一方で、顔料誘導体は顔料表面を改質することで、高分子分散剤の吸着を促進させる効果を有する。
(Dispersant)
In the composition of the present invention, a dispersant is preferably added from the viewpoint of further improving the dispersibility of the pigment.
Dispersants (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “pigment dispersants”) include polymer dispersants (eg, polyamidoamines and salts thereof, polycarboxylic acids and salts thereof, high molecular weight unsaturated acid esters, modified polyurethanes, and modified polyesters). , Modified poly (meth) acrylates, (meth) acrylic copolymers, naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensates), polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate esters, polyoxyethylene alkyl amines, alkanol amines, pigment derivatives, etc. Can do.
The polymer dispersant can be further classified into a linear polymer, a terminal-modified polymer, a graft polymer, and a block polymer from the structure thereof.
The polymer dispersant is adsorbed on the surface of the pigment and acts to prevent reaggregation. Therefore, a terminal-modified polymer, a graft polymer and a block polymer having an anchor site to the pigment surface can be mentioned as preferred structures. On the other hand, the pigment derivative has an effect of promoting the adsorption of the polymer dispersant by modifying the pigment surface.
 本発明に用いうる顔料分散剤の具体例としては、BYK Chemie社製「Disperbyk-101(ポリアミドアミン燐酸塩)、107(カルボン酸エステル)、110(酸基を含む共重合物)、130(ポリアミド)、161、162、163、164、165、166、170(高分子共重合物)」、「BYK-P104、P105(高分子量不飽和ポリカルボン酸)、BYK2001」、EFKA社製「EFKA4047、4050、4010、4165(ポリウレタン系)、EFKA4330、4340(ブロック共重合体)、4400、4402(変性ポリアクリレート)、5010(ポリエステルアミド)、5765(高分子量ポリカルボン酸塩)、6220(脂肪酸ポリエステル)、6745(フタロシアニン誘導体)、6750(アゾ顔料誘導体)」、味の素ファインテクノ社製「アジスパーPB821、PB822」、共栄社化学社製「フローレンTG-710(ウレタンオリゴマー)」、「ポリフローNo.50E、No.300(アクリル系共重合体)」、楠本化成社製「ディスパロンKS-860、873SN、874、#2150(脂肪族多価カルボン酸)、#7004(ポリエーテルエステル)、DA-703-50、DA-705、DA-725」、花王社製「デモールRN、N(ナフタレンスルホン酸ホルマリン重縮合物)、MS、C、SN-B(芳香族スルホン酸ホルマリン重縮合物)」、「ホモゲノールL-18(高分子ポリカルボン酸)」、「エマルゲン920、930、935、985(ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル)」、「アセタミン86(ステアリルアミンアセテート)」、ルーブリゾール社製「ソルスパース5000(フタロシアニン誘導体)、22000(アゾ顔料誘導体)、13240(ポリエステルアミン)、3000、17000、27000(末端部に機能部を有する高分子)、24000、28000、32000、38500(グラフト型高分子)」、日光ケミカル社製「ニッコールT106(ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノオレート)、MYS-IEX(ポリオキシエチレンモノステアレート)」等が挙げられる。
 これらの分散剤は、単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。本発明においては、特に、顔料誘導体と高分子分散剤とを組み合わせて使用することが好ましい。
Specific examples of pigment dispersants that can be used in the present invention include “Disperbyk-101 (polyamidoamine phosphate), 107 (carboxylic acid ester), 110 (copolymer containing an acid group), 130 (polyamide) manufactured by BYK Chemie. ), 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 170 (polymer copolymer) ”,“ BYK-P104, P105 (high molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid), BYK2001 ”,“ EFKA 4047, 4050 ”manufactured by EFKA. 4010, 4165 (polyurethane series), EFKA4330, 4340 (block copolymer), 4400, 4402 (modified polyacrylate), 5010 (polyesteramide), 5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate), 6220 (fatty acid polyester), 6745 (phthalocyanine derivative) , 6750 (azo pigment derivative) ”,“ Ajisper PB821, PB822 ”manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co.,“ Floren TG-710 (urethane oligomer) ”manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.,“ Polyflow No. 50E, No. 300 (acrylic co-polymer). "Disparon KS-860, 873SN, 874, # 2150 (aliphatic polycarboxylic acid), # 7004 (polyetherester), DA-703-50, DA-705, DA-725" manufactured by Enomoto Kasei Co., Ltd. "Demol RN, N (naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin polycondensate), MS, C, SN-B (aromatic sulfonic acid formalin polycondensate)", "Homogenol L-18 (polymeric polycarboxylic acid)" ) "," Emulgen 920, 930, 935, 985 (polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether) ) ”,“ Acetamine 86 (stearylamine acetate) ”,“ Solsperse 5000 (phthalocyanine derivative), 22000 (azo pigment derivative), 13240 (polyesteramine), 3000, 17000, 27000 (functional part at the terminal part) manufactured by Lubrizol. 24000, 28000, 32000, 38500 (graft type polymer) ”,“ Nikkor T106 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate), MYS-IEX (polyoxyethylene monostearate) ”manufactured by Nikko Chemical Co., Ltd. Can be mentioned.
These dispersants may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use a combination of a pigment derivative and a polymer dispersant.
 本発明の組成物中における分散剤の含有量としては、顔料に対して、1~100質量%であることが好ましく、3~100質量%がより好ましく、5~80質量%がさらに好ましい。また、組成物の全固形分に対し、10~30質量%であることが好ましい。 The content of the dispersant in the composition of the present invention is preferably 1 to 100% by mass, more preferably 3 to 100% by mass, and further preferably 5 to 80% by mass with respect to the pigment. Further, it is preferably 10 to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
<重合開始剤>
 本発明の組成物は、重合開始剤を含む。重合開始剤は1種類のみでも、2種類以上でもよく、2種類以上の場合は、合計量が下記範囲となる。例えば、重合開始剤の含有量は、本発明の組成物の固形分に対して、0.01~30質量%が好ましく、0.1~20質量%がより好ましく、0.1~15質量%がさらに好ましい。この範囲内であると、良好な感度とパターン形成性が得られる。
 重合開始剤としては、光、熱のいずれか或いはその双方により重合性化合物の重合を開始する能力を有する限り、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、光重合開始剤であることが好ましい。光で重合を開始させる場合、紫外線領域から可視の光線に対して感光性を有するものが好ましい。
 また、熱で重合を開始させる場合には、150~250℃で分解する重合開始剤が好ましい。
<Polymerization initiator>
The composition of the present invention contains a polymerization initiator. Only one type of polymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used, and in the case of two or more types, the total amount falls within the following range. For example, the content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass with respect to the solid content of the composition of the present invention. Is more preferable. Within this range, good sensitivity and pattern formability can be obtained.
The polymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of a polymerizable compound by either or both of light and heat, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. It is preferable that When polymerization is initiated by light, those having photosensitivity to visible light from the ultraviolet region are preferred.
In addition, when the polymerization is initiated by heat, a polymerization initiator that decomposes at 150 to 250 ° C. is preferable.
 本発明に用いうる重合開始剤としては、少なくとも芳香族基を有する化合物であることが好ましく、例えば、アシルホスフィン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾインエーテル化合物、ケタール誘導体化合物、チオキサントン化合物、オキシム化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、トリハロメチル化合物、アゾ化合物、有機過酸化物、ジアゾニウム化合物、ヨードニウム化合物、スルホニウム化合物、アジニウム化合物、ベンゾインエーテル化合物、ケタール誘導体化合物、メタロセン化合物等のオニウム塩化合物、有機硼素塩化合物、ジスルホン化合物などが挙げられる。
 感度の観点から、オキシム化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、トリハロメチル化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、および、チオール化合物が好ましい。
The polymerization initiator that can be used in the present invention is preferably a compound having at least an aromatic group. For example, an acylphosphine compound, an acetophenone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzoin ether compound, a ketal derivative compound, a thioxanthone Compounds, oxime compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, trihalomethyl compounds, azo compounds, organic peroxides, diazonium compounds, iodonium compounds, sulfonium compounds, azinium compounds, benzoin ether compounds, ketal derivative compounds, metallocene compounds and other onium salt compounds , Organic boron salt compounds, disulfone compounds and the like.
From the viewpoint of sensitivity, oxime compounds, acetophenone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, trihalomethyl compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, and thiol compounds are preferred.
 アセトフェノン化合物、トリハロメチル化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オキシム化合物としては、具体的には、特開2012-208494号公報段落0506~0510(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/0235099号明細書の[0622~0628])等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
 光重合開始剤としては、オキシム化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物からなる群より選択される化合物が更に好ましい。より具体的には、例えば、特開平10-291969号公報に記載のアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特許第4225898号公報に記載のアシルホスフィンオキシド系開始剤、および、既述のオキシム系開始剤、更にオキシム系開始剤として、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物も用いることができる。
 オキシム系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE-OXE01(BASF社製)、IRGACURE-OXE02(BASF社製)を用いることができる。アセトフェノン系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369、および、IRGACURE-379(商品名:いずれもBASFジャパン社製)を用いることができる。またアシルホスフィン系開始剤としては市販品であるIRGACURE-819やDAROCUR-TPO(商品名:いずれもBASFジャパン社製)を用いることができる。
 オキシム系開始剤(オキシム系重合開始剤)としては、特開2012-208494号公報の段落0513(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/235099号明細書の[0632])以降の式(OX-1)、(OX-2)または(OX-3)で表される化合物の説明を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
 オキシム系開始剤としては、TRONLY TR-PBG-304、TRONLY TR-PBG-309、TRONLY TR-PBG-305(常州強力電子新材料有限公司(CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO.,LTD)製)などの市販品も使用できる。また、特開2012-113104号公報の段落0092欄から段落0096欄に記載されている重合開始剤の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。このようなオキシム系開始剤を使用することで、硬化感度が高く、現像性が良好な樹脂組成物を提供することができる。上記オキシム系開始剤は、特開2012-113104号公報の0030欄以降に説明されている化合物である。一般式としては、特開2012-113104号方法の請求項1に記載の一般式(I)で表され、より好ましくは請求項3に記載の一般式(I-A)で表されるものであり、これらの記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
Specific examples of acetophenone compounds, trihalomethyl compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, and oxime compounds include paragraphs 0506 to 0510 of JP2012-208494A (corresponding to [ 0622 to 0628]) and the like can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
The photopolymerization initiator is more preferably a compound selected from the group consisting of oxime compounds, acetophenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone initiator described in JP-A-10-291969, an acylphosphine oxide initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898, and the oxime initiator described above, As the oxime initiator, the compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842 can also be used.
As the oxime-based initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) and IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) can be used. As the acetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) can be used. As the acylphosphine initiator, commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) can be used.
As the oxime initiator (oxime polymerization initiator), the following formula (OX-1) of paragraph 0513 of JP2012-208494A (corresponding to [0632] of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/235099) ), (OX-2) or (OX-3) can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
Examples of oxime initiators include TRONLY TR-PBG-304, TRONLY TR-PBG-309, TRONLY TR-PBG-305 (manufactured by CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO., LTD) Commercial products can also be used. In addition, the description of the polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0092 to 0096 of JP2012-113104A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. By using such an oxime initiator, a resin composition having high curing sensitivity and good developability can be provided. The oxime initiator is a compound described in JP 2012-113104 A and after column 0030. The general formula is represented by the general formula (I) described in claim 1 of the method of JP 2012-113104 A, more preferably represented by the general formula (IA) described in claim 3. These descriptions can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 本発明では、重合開始剤のラジカル発生効率の向上、感光波長の長波長化の目的で、増感剤を含有していてもよい。本発明に用いることができる増感剤としては、重合開始剤に対し、電子移動機構またはエネルギー移動機構で増感させるものが好ましい。
 増感剤としては、例えば、特開2008-32803号公報の段落番号0101~0154に記載される化合物が挙げられる。
 本発明の組成物中における増感剤の含有量は、配合する場合、深部への光吸収効率と開始分解効率の観点から、固形分換算で、0.1質量%~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.5質量%~15質量%がより好ましい。
 増感剤は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
In the present invention, a sensitizer may be contained for the purpose of improving the radical generation efficiency of the polymerization initiator and increasing the photosensitive wavelength. As the sensitizer that can be used in the present invention, a sensitizer that sensitizes the polymerization initiator by an electron transfer mechanism or an energy transfer mechanism is preferable.
Examples of the sensitizer include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0101 to 0154 of JP-A-2008-32803.
When blended, the content of the sensitizer in the composition of the present invention is 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass in terms of solid content from the viewpoint of light absorption efficiency to the deep part and starting decomposition efficiency. Is preferable, and 0.5% by mass to 15% by mass is more preferable.
A sensitizer may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together.
(重合性化合物)
 重合性化合物としては、上記重合開始剤によって重合する化合物であればよく、公知の重合性化合物を使用できる。
 なかでも、重合性の観点から、少なくとも1個のエチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する付加重合性化合物を使用することもでき、末端エチレン性不飽和結合を少なくとも1個、好ましくは2個以上有する化合物を使用することが好ましい。
(Polymerizable compound)
The polymerizable compound may be a compound that is polymerized by the polymerization initiator, and a known polymerizable compound can be used.
Among these, from the viewpoint of polymerizability, an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond can also be used, and has at least one terminal ethylenically unsaturated bond, preferably two or more. Preference is given to using compounds.
 なかでも、着色層の密着性がより優れる点で、重合性化合物として、3つ以上のエチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する重合性化合物(以下、「多官能モノマー」ということがある)が好ましい。このような化合物は当該産業分野において広く知られているものであり、本発明においてはこれらを特に限定なく用いることができる。本発明における多官能モノマーは1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。本発明で用いる多官能モノマーは、(メタ)アクリレートモノマーが好ましい。
 これらの具体的な化合物としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号0095~0108に記載されている化合物を本発明においても好適に用いることができる。
Among these, a polymerizable compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “polyfunctional monomer”) is preferable as the polymerizable compound in that the adhesion of the colored layer is more excellent. . Such compounds are widely known in the industrial field, and can be used without particular limitation in the present invention. The polyfunctional monomer in this invention may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. The polyfunctional monomer used in the present invention is preferably a (meth) acrylate monomer.
As these specific compounds, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP-A-2009-288705 can also be suitably used in the present invention.
 上記のほか、下記一般式(MO-1)~(MO-6)で表される、ラジカル重合性モノマーも好適に用いることができる。なお、式中、Tがオキシアルキレン基の場合には、炭素原子側の末端がRに結合する。 In addition to the above, radical polymerizable monomers represented by the following general formulas (MO-1) to (MO-6) can also be suitably used. In the formula, when T is an oxyalkylene group, the terminal on the carbon atom side is bonded to R.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式中、nは、それぞれ、0~14であり、mは、それぞれ、1~8である。一分子内に複数存在するR、TおよびZは、それぞれ、同一であっても、異なっていてもよい。Tがオキシアルキレン基の場合には、炭素原子側の末端がRに結合する。Rのうち少なくとも3つは、重合性基である。
 nは0~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 mは1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 Rは、
In the formula, n is 0 to 14, respectively, and m is 1 to 8, respectively. A plurality of R, T and Z present in one molecule may be the same or different. When T is an oxyalkylene group, the terminal on the carbon atom side is bonded to R. At least three of R are polymerizable groups.
n is preferably 0 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
m is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
R is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
が好ましく、 Is preferred,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
がより好ましい。
 上記一般式(MO-1)~(MO-6)で表される、ラジカル重合性モノマーの具体例としては、特開2007-269779号公報の段落番号0248~段落番号0251に記載されている化合物を本発明においても好適に用いることができる。
Is more preferable.
Specific examples of the radically polymerizable monomer represented by the above general formulas (MO-1) to (MO-6) include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0248 to 0251 of JP-A No. 2007-26979. Can also be suitably used in the present invention.
 中でも、多官能モノマー等としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-330;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-320;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-310;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD DPHA ;日本化薬株式会社製)、およびこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール残基を介している構造が好ましい。これらのオリゴマータイプも使用できる。
 例えば、RP-1040(日本化薬株式会社製)などが挙げられる。
Among these, as polyfunctional monomers, dipentaerythritol triacrylate (KAYARAD D-330 as a commercial product; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku) Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku) And a structure in which these (meth) acryloyl groups are interposed via ethylene glycol and propylene glycol residues. These oligomer types can also be used.
Examples thereof include RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
 本発明で用いる多官能モノマーは、特に好ましくは、下記一般式(i)で表される化合物および一般式(ii)で表される化合物から選択される少なくとも1種である。 The polyfunctional monomer used in the present invention is particularly preferably at least one selected from a compound represented by the following general formula (i) and a compound represented by the general formula (ii).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 一般式(i)および(ii)中、Eは、それぞれ、-((CH2CH2O)-、または-((CH2CH(CH3)O)-を表し、yは、それぞれ、1~10の整数を表し、Xは、それぞれ、水素原子、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、または、カルボキシル基を表す。
 一般式(i)中、アクリロイル基およびメタクリロイル基の合計は3個または4個であり、mは、それぞれ、0~10の整数を表し、それぞれのmの合計は1~40の整数である。
 一般式(ii)中、アクリロイル基およびメタクリロイル基の合計は5個または6個であり、nは、それぞれ、0~10の整数を表し、それぞれnの合計は1~60の整数である。
In the general formulas (i) and (ii), E represents — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) —, respectively, Each represents an integer of 1 to 10, and X represents a hydrogen atom, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, or a carboxyl group, respectively.
In the general formula (i), the total number of acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups is 3 or 4, each m represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each m is an integer of 1 to 40.
In general formula (ii), the total of acryloyl group and methacryloyl group is 5 or 6, n represents an integer of 0 to 10, respectively, and the total of n represents an integer of 1 to 60, respectively.
 上記式中、Eは、それぞれ、-((CH2CHO)-、または-((CH2CH(CH3)O)-を表し、-((CH2CH2O)-が好ましい。
 yは、それぞれ、1~10の整数を表し、1~5の整数が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 Xは、それぞれ、水素原子、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、または、カルボキシル基を表す。
 一般式(i)中、アクリロイル基およびメタクリロイル基の合計は3個または4個であり、4個が好ましい。
 mは、それぞれ、0~10の整数を表し、1~5が好ましい。それぞれのmの合計は1~40の整数であり、4~20個が好ましい。
 一般式(ii)中、アクリロイル基およびメタクリロイル基の合計は5個または6個であり、6個が好ましい。
 nは、それぞれ、0~10の整数を表し、1~5が好ましい。それぞれnの合計は1~60の整数であり、4~30個が好ましい。
In the above formulae, E represents — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) —, and — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)-is preferred.
Each y represents an integer of 1 to 10, preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
X represents a hydrogen atom, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, or a carboxyl group, respectively.
In general formula (i), the total of the acryloyl group and the methacryloyl group is 3 or 4, and 4 is preferable.
Each m represents an integer of 0 to 10, and preferably 1 to 5. The total of each m is an integer of 1 to 40, preferably 4 to 20.
In general formula (ii), the sum total of an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group is 5 or 6, and 6 is preferable.
n represents an integer of 0 to 10, respectively, and preferably 1 to 5. The total of n is an integer of 1 to 60, preferably 4 to 30.
 多官能モノマーとしては、カルボキシル基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基等の酸基を有していてもよい。従って、エチレン性化合物が、上記のように混合物である場合のように未反応のカルボキシル基を有するものであれば、これをそのまま利用することができるが、必要において、上述のエチレン性化合物のヒドロキシル基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を導入してもよい。この場合、使用される非芳香族カルボン酸無水物の具体例としては、無水テトラヒドロフタル酸、アルキル化無水テトラヒドロフタル酸、無水ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、アルキル化無水ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、無水コハク酸、無水マレイン酸が挙げられる。 The polyfunctional monomer may have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, or a phosphoric acid group. Therefore, if the ethylenic compound has an unreacted carboxyl group as in the case of a mixture as described above, this can be used as it is. The acid group may be introduced by reacting the group with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride. In this case, specific examples of the non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride used include tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, alkylated tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, alkylated hexahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, anhydrous Maleic acid is mentioned.
 本発明において、酸基を有するモノマーとしては、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルであり、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシル基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせた多官能モノマーが好ましく、特に好ましくは、このエステルにおいて、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物がペンタエリスリトールおよび/またはジペンタエリスリトールであるものである。市販品としては、例えば、東亞合成株式会社製の多塩基酸変性アクリルオリゴマーとして、アロニックスシリーズのM-305、M-510、M-520などが挙げられる。
 酸基を有する多官能モノマーの好ましい酸価としては、0.1~40mgKOH/gであり、特に好ましくは5~30mgKOH/gである。
In the present invention, the monomer having an acid group is an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted with an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound. A polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is preferable, and in this ester, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and / or dipentaerythritol. Examples of commercially available products include Aronix series M-305, M-510, and M-520 as polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
A preferable acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g.
 これらの多官能モノマーについて、その構造、単独使用か併用か、添加量等の使用方法の詳細は、組成物の最終的な性能設計にあわせて任意に設定できる。本発明では、異なる官能数および/または異なる重合性基(例えばアクリル酸エステル、メタクリル酸エステル、スチレン系化合物、ビニルエーテル系化合物)のものを併用することで、感度と強度の両方を調節する方法も有効である。さらに、3官能以上8官能以下でエチレンオキサイド鎖長の異なる多官能モノマーを併用することが、組成物の現像性を調節することができ、優れたパターン形成能が得られるという点で好ましい。また、組成物に含有される他の成分(例えば、重合開始剤、着色剤(顔料)、樹脂等)との相溶性、分散性に対しても、多官能モノマーの選択・使用法は重要な要因であり、例えば、低純度化合物の使用や2種以上の併用により相溶性を向上させうることがある。また、基板などの硬質表面との密着性を向上させる観点で特定の構造を選択することもあり得る。 About these polyfunctional monomers, the details of usage such as the structure, single use or combination, addition amount, etc. can be arbitrarily set according to the final performance design of the composition. In the present invention, there is also a method for adjusting both sensitivity and strength by using different functional numbers and / or different polymerizable groups (for example, acrylic acid ester, methacrylic acid ester, styrene compound, vinyl ether compound). It is valid. Furthermore, it is preferable to use a polyfunctional monomer having an ethylene oxide chain length of 3 or more and 8 or less in that the developability of the composition can be adjusted and an excellent pattern forming ability can be obtained. In addition, the selection and use of polyfunctional monomers is important for compatibility and dispersibility with other components (for example, polymerization initiators, colorants (pigments), resins, etc.) contained in the composition. For example, compatibility may be improved by the use of a low-purity compound or a combination of two or more. In addition, a specific structure may be selected from the viewpoint of improving adhesion to a hard surface such as a substrate.
 重合性化合物(特に、多官能モノマー)の濃度(配合率)は、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、組成物中の全固形分中15質量%以上であることが好ましく、20質量%以上であることが好ましく、更には25質量%以上であることが好ましい。上限については特に制限はないが、50質量%以下であることが好ましく、40質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The concentration (mixing ratio) of the polymerizable compound (especially the polyfunctional monomer) is preferably 15% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, based on the total solid content in the composition, in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. It is preferable that the content is 25% by mass or more. Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular about an upper limit, It is preferable that it is 50 mass% or less, and it is more preferable that it is 40 mass% or less.
(その他任意成分)
 上記組成物には、(A)顔料、(B)重合開始剤、および(C)重合性化合物以外の成分が含まれていてもよい。例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、重合性基を有するアクリル系ポリマー、分散剤、溶剤、界面活性剤、重合禁止剤、密着向上剤、紫外線吸収剤などが挙げられる。
 以下、任意成分について詳述する。
(Other optional ingredients)
The above composition may contain components other than (A) a pigment, (B) a polymerization initiator, and (C) a polymerizable compound. For example, an alkali-soluble resin, an acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group, a dispersant, a solvent, a surfactant, a polymerization inhibitor, an adhesion improver, an ultraviolet absorber, and the like can be given.
Hereinafter, the optional components will be described in detail.
(アルカリ可溶性樹脂)
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、線状有機高分子重合体であって、分子(好ましくは、アクリル系共重合体、スチレン系共重合体を主鎖とする分子)中に少なくとも1つのアルカリ可溶性を促進する基を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂の中から適宜選択することができる。耐熱性の観点からは、ポリヒドロキシスチレン系樹脂、ポリシロキサン系樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、アクリルアミド系樹脂、アクリル/アクリルアミド共重合体樹脂が好ましく、現像性制御の観点からは、アクリル系樹脂、アクリルアミド系樹脂、アクリル/アクリルアミド共重合体樹脂が好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性を促進する基(以下、酸基ともいう)としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、スルホン酸基、フェノール性水酸基などが挙げられるが、溶剤に可溶で弱アルカリ水溶液により現像可能なものが好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸が特に好ましいものとして挙げられる。これら酸基は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。
 重合後に酸基を付与しうるモノマーとしては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等の水酸基を有するモノマー、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等のエポキシ基を有するモノマー、2-イソシアナートエチル(メタ)アクリレート等のイソシアネート基を有するモノマー等が挙げられる。これら酸基を導入するための単量体は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。アルカリ可溶性樹脂に酸基を導入するには、例えば、酸基を有するモノマーおよび/または重合後に酸基を付与しうるモノマー(以下「酸基を導入するための単量体」と称することもある。)を、単量体成分として重合するようにすればよい。
 なお、重合後に酸基を付与しうるモノマーを単量体成分として酸基を導入する場合には、重合後に例えば酸基を付与するための処理が必要となる。
(Alkali-soluble resin)
The alkali-soluble resin is a linear organic polymer, and promotes at least one alkali-solubility in a molecule (preferably a molecule having an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as a main chain). It can be suitably selected from alkali-soluble resins having a group. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, polyhydroxystyrene resins, polysiloxane resins, acrylic resins, acrylamide resins, and acryl / acrylamide copolymer resins are preferable. From the viewpoint of development control, acrylic resins and acrylamide resins are preferable. Resins and acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resins are preferred.
Examples of the group that promotes alkali solubility (hereinafter also referred to as an acid group) include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, but are soluble in a solvent and can be developed with a weak alkaline aqueous solution. Of these, (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferred. These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Examples of the monomer that can give an acid group after polymerization include, for example, a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, a monomer having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth). And monomers having an isocyanate group such as acrylate. These monomers for introducing an acid group may be only one type or two or more types. In order to introduce an acid group into an alkali-soluble resin, for example, a monomer having an acid group and / or a monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “monomer for introducing an acid group”) .) May be polymerized as a monomer component.
In addition, when introducing an acid group using a monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization as a monomer component, for example, a treatment for imparting an acid group is required after the polymerization.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の製造には、例えば、公知のラジカル重合法による方法を適用することができる。ラジカル重合法でアルカリ可溶性樹脂を製造する際の温度、圧力、ラジカル開始剤の種類およびその量、溶剤の種類等々の重合条件は、当業者において容易に設定可能であり、実験的に条件を定めるようにすることもできる。 For the production of the alkali-soluble resin, for example, a known radical polymerization method can be applied. Polymerization conditions such as temperature, pressure, type and amount of radical initiator, type of solvent, etc. when producing an alkali-soluble resin by radical polymerization can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and the conditions are determined experimentally. It can also be done.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂として用いられる線状有機高分子重合体としては、側鎖にカルボン酸を有するポリマーが好ましく、メタクリル酸共重合体、アクリル酸共重合体、イタコン酸共重合体、クロトン酸共重合体、マレイン酸共重合体、部分エステル化マレイン酸共重合体、ノボラック型樹脂などのアルカリ可溶性フェノール樹脂等、並びに側鎖にカルボン酸を有する酸性セルロース誘導体、水酸基を有するポリマーに酸無水物を付加させたもの挙げられる。特に、(メタ)アクリル酸と、これと共重合可能な他の単量体との共重合体が、アルカリ可溶性樹脂として好適である。(メタ)アクリル酸と共重合可能な他の単量体としては、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート、アリール(メタ)アクリレート、ビニル化合物などが挙げられる。アルキル(メタ)アクリレートおよびアリール(メタ)アクリレートとしては、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、(イソ)ペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、オクチル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、トリル(メタ)アクリレート、ナフチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート等、ビニル化合物としては、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、グリシジルメタクリレート、アクリロニトリル、ビニルアセテート、N-ビニルピロリドン、テトラヒドロフルフリルメタクリレート、ポリスチレンマクロモノマー、ポリメチルメタクリレートマクロモノマー等、特開平10-300922号公報に記載のN位置換マレイミドモノマーとして、N―フェニルマレイミド、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド等を挙げることができる。
 (メタ)アクリル酸と共重合可能な他の単量体としては、例えば、下記式(X)で表される繰り返し単位を与える単量体であることも好ましい。
As the linear organic polymer used as the alkali-soluble resin, a polymer having a carboxylic acid in the side chain is preferable, such as a methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic acid copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, and a crotonic acid copolymer. , Maleic acid copolymers, partially esterified maleic acid copolymers, alkali-soluble phenolic resins such as novolak resins, etc., acid cellulose derivatives having a carboxylic acid in the side chain, and acid anhydrides added to polymers having a hydroxyl group. Can be mentioned. In particular, a copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid and another monomer copolymerizable therewith is suitable as the alkali-soluble resin. Examples of other monomers copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid include alkyl (meth) acrylates, aryl (meth) acrylates, and vinyl compounds. Examples of alkyl (meth) acrylate and aryl (meth) acrylate include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, and (iso) pentyl (Meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, tolyl (meth) ) Acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, etc., vinyl compounds such as styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, glycidyl methacrylate, acryloni N-phenylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, N-vinylpyrrolidone, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, polystyrene macromonomer, polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer, etc. Examples thereof include cyclohexylmaleimide.
As another monomer copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid, it is also preferable that it is a monomer which gives the repeating unit represented by a following formula (X), for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 上記式(X)中、R1Xは水素原子またはメチル基を表し、R2Xは炭素数2または3のアルキレン基を表し、R3Xは水素原子または炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表し、nは1~15の整数を表す。上記式(X)で表される繰り返し単位は、側鎖に存在するベンゼン環のπ電子の効果により着色剤(特に、顔料)表面への吸着および/または配向性が良好となる。特に、この側鎖部分が、パラクミルフェノールのエチレンオキサイドまたはプロピレンオキサイド構造をとる場合には、その立体的な効果も加わり、着色剤(特に、顔料)に対しより良好な吸着および/または配向面を形成することができるため、より効果が高く好ましい。また、R3Xは水素原子または炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表すが、炭素数1~20のアルキル基であることが好ましい。また、R3Xがアルキル基である場合には、中でも、炭素数が1~10であるアルキル基が好ましい。これは、R3Xが炭素数1~10のアルキル基である場合、このアルキル基が障害となり樹脂同士の接近を抑制し着色剤(特に、顔料)への吸着および/または配向を促進するが、炭素数が10を越えるとアルキル基の立体障害効果が高くなりベンゼン環の着色剤(特に、顔料)表面への吸着および/または配向までをも妨げてしまう場合があるためである。この現象は、R3Xのアルキル基の鎖長が長くなるに従い顕著となり、炭素数が20を越えるとベンゼン環の吸着および/または配向が極端に低下する。そのため、R3Xで表されるアルキル基は、炭素数が1~20の範囲となる。なお、R3Xで表されるアルキル基としては、無置換のアルキル基、またはフェニル基で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。 In the above formula (X), R 1X represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2X represents an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, R 3X represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, n Represents an integer of 1 to 15. The repeating unit represented by the above formula (X) has good adsorption and / or orientation on the colorant (particularly pigment) surface due to the effect of π electrons of the benzene ring present in the side chain. In particular, when this side chain portion has an ethylene oxide or propylene oxide structure of paracumylphenol, its steric effect is added, and a better adsorption and / or orientation surface for a colorant (particularly a pigment). Is more effective and preferable. R 3X represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. In addition, when R 3X is an alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. This is because, when R 3X is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, this alkyl group becomes an obstacle and suppresses the approach between the resins and promotes adsorption and / or orientation to the colorant (particularly pigment). This is because if the number of carbon atoms exceeds 10, the steric hindrance effect of the alkyl group is increased, and the adsorption and / or orientation of the benzene ring on the colorant (particularly pigment) surface may be hindered. This phenomenon becomes more prominent as the chain length of the alkyl group of R 3X becomes longer. When the carbon number exceeds 20, the adsorption and / or orientation of the benzene ring is extremely lowered. Therefore, the alkyl group represented by R 3X has a carbon number in the range of 1-20. The alkyl group represented by R 3X is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group or an alkyl group substituted with a phenyl group.
 また、式(X)におけるR2Xは、現像性の観点から、炭素数2のアルキレン基であることが好ましい。
 更に、式(X)におけるnは、現像性の観点から、1~12の範囲が好ましい。
 本発明における式(X)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記式(Y)で表されるエチレン性不飽和単量体を用いて、アルカリ可溶性樹脂中に導入される。
R 2X in formula (X) is preferably an alkylene group having 2 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of developability.
Further, n in the formula (X) is preferably in the range of 1 to 12 from the viewpoint of developability.
The repeating unit represented by the formula (X) in the present invention is introduced into the alkali-soluble resin using an ethylenically unsaturated monomer represented by the following formula (Y).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 上記式(Y)中、R1X、R2X、R3X、およびnは、上記式(X)におけるR1X、R2X、R3X、およびnと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。
 式(Y)で表されるエチレン性不飽和単量体としては、フェノールエチレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレート、パラクミルフェノールエチレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレート、ノニルフェノールエチレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレート、ノニルフェノールプロピレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
 なお、これらの(メタ)アクリル酸と共重合可能な他の単量体は1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。
In the formula (Y), R 1X, R 2X, R 3X, and n are the same as R 1X, R 2X, R 3X , and n in the formula (X), and preferred examples are also the same.
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer represented by the formula (Y) include phenol ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate, paracumylphenol ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate, nonylphenol ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate, and nonylphenol propylene oxide. Examples thereof include modified (meth) acrylate.
In addition, only 1 type may be sufficient as the other monomer copolymerizable with these (meth) acrylic acids, and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、下記一般式(ED)で表される化合物を必須とする単量体成分を重合してなる樹脂も好ましい。 As the alkali-soluble resin, a resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer component essentially containing a compound represented by the following general formula (ED) is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 式(ED)中、R1およびR2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。
 式(ED)で示される化合物(以下「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)を必須とする単量体成分を重合してなる樹脂を使用することにより、耐熱性とともに透明性にも極めて優れた硬化塗膜を形成しうる。
 エーテルダイマーを示す一般式(ED)中、R1およびR2で表される置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基としては、特に制限はないが、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、t-アミル基、ステアリル基、ラウリル基、2-エチルヘキシル基等の直鎖状または分岐状のアルキル基;フェニル等のアリール基;シクロヘキシル基、t-ブチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ジシクロペンタジエニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、イソボルニル基、アダマンチル基、2-メチル-2-アダマンチル基等の脂環式基;1-メトキシエチル基、1-エトキシエチル基等のアルコキシで置換されたアルキル基;ベンジル等のアリール基で置換されたアルキル基;等が挙げられる。これらの中でも特に、メチル基、エチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ベンジル基等のような酸や熱で脱離しにくい1級または2級炭素の置換基が耐熱性の点で好ましい。
In formula (ED), R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
By using a resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer component essentially comprising a compound represented by the formula (ED) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “ether dimer”), it is extremely excellent in heat resistance and transparency. A cured coating film can be formed.
In the general formula (ED) showing an ether dimer, the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, but for example, methyl Linear or branched groups such as a group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, t-amyl group, stearyl group, lauryl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, etc. Alkyl group; aryl group such as phenyl; fat such as cyclohexyl group, t-butyl group, cyclohexyl group, dicyclopentadienyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, isobornyl group, adamantyl group, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl group, etc. A cyclic group; an alkyl group substituted with an alkoxy group such as a 1-methoxyethyl group or a 1-ethoxyethyl group; an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group such as benzyl; Can be mentioned. Among these, a primary or secondary carbon substituent which is difficult to be removed by an acid or heat, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a benzyl group, is particularly preferable in terms of heat resistance.
 エーテルダイマーの具体例としては、特開2012-208494号の公報段落0565(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/235099号明細書の[0694])のエーテルダイマーの説明を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
 これらの中でも特に、ジメチル-2,2’-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジエチル-2,2’-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジシクロヘキシル-2,2’-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジベンジル-2,2’-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエートが好ましい。これらエーテルダイマーは、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。一般式(ED)で示される化合物由来の構造体は、その他の単量体を共重合させてもよい。
As specific examples of the ether dimer, the description of the ether dimer described in paragraph 0565 of JP2012-208494A (corresponding to US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/235099, [0694]) can be referred to. It is incorporated herein.
Among these, dimethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, dicyclohexyl-2,2′- [Oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate and dibenzyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate are preferred. These ether dimers may be only one kind or two or more kinds. The structure derived from the compound represented by the general formula (ED) may be copolymerized with other monomers.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、特に、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体やベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートからなる多元共重合体が好適である。この場合の他のモノマーとしては、特開平7-140654号公報に記載の、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピルアクリレート/ポリメチルメタクリレートマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/メチルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクレート/メタクリル酸共重合体などが挙げられる。 As the alkali-soluble resin, a benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer and a multi-component copolymer consisting of benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate are particularly suitable. . Other monomers in this case include 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl described in JP-A-7-140654. Acrylate / polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / A methacrylic acid copolymer etc. are mentioned.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の酸価としては好ましくは30~200mgKOH/g、より好ましくは50~150mgKOH/g、さらに好ましくは70~120mgKOH/gである。このような範囲とすることにより、未露光部の現像残渣を効果的に低減できる。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)としては、2,000~50,000が好ましく、5,000~30,000がさらに好ましく、7,000~20,000が特に好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の本発明の組成物中における含有量としては、組成物の全固形分に対して、10~50質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは15~40質量%であり、特に好ましくは20~35質量%である。
The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30 to 200 mgKOH / g, more preferably 50 to 150 mgKOH / g, still more preferably 70 to 120 mgKOH / g. By setting it as such a range, the image development residue of an unexposed part can be reduced effectively.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 2,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably 7,000 to 20,000.
The content of the alkali-soluble resin in the composition of the present invention is preferably 10 to 50% by mass, more preferably 15 to 40% by mass, particularly preferably 20 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition. 35% by mass.
<溶剤>
 本発明の組成物は、一般には、溶剤を用いて構成することができる。溶剤は、各成分の溶解性や組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はない。
 溶剤としては、エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、オキシ酢酸アルキル(例:オキシ酢酸メチル、オキシ酢酸エチル、オキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-オキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:3-オキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-オキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-オキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:2-オキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-オキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-オキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-オキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチルおよび2-オキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル等、並びに、エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等、並びに、ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン等、並びに、芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、キシレン等が好適に挙げられる。
<Solvent>
In general, the composition of the present invention can be constituted using a solvent. The solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the coating property of the composition are satisfied.
Examples of the solvent include esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, Alkyl oxyacetates (eg, methyl oxyacetate, ethyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate)), 3-oxypropionic acid alkyl esters (Eg, methyl 3-oxypropionate, ethyl 3-oxypropionate, etc. (eg, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)) ), 2-Oki Alkyl propionates (eg, methyl 2-oxypropionate, ethyl 2-oxypropionate, propyl 2-oxypropionate, etc. (eg, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2-methoxypropionate) Propyl acid, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropionate (eg 2-methoxy-2-methyl Methyl propionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, etc. As ethers, For example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc., and ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc. Preferred examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon include xylene.
 これらの溶剤は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の溶解性、塗布面状の改良などの観点から、2種以上を混合することも好ましい。この場合、特に好ましくは、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、およびプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテートから選択される2種以上で構成される混合溶液である。
 溶剤の組成物中における含有量は、塗布性の観点から、組成物の全固形分濃度が5~80質量%になる量とすることが好ましく、5~60質量%が更に好ましく、10~50質量%が特に好ましい。
It is also preferable to mix two or more of these solvents from the viewpoints of solubility of the alkali-soluble resin, improvement of the coated surface, and the like. In this case, particularly preferably, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol It is a mixed solution composed of two or more selected from acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate.
The content of the solvent in the composition is preferably such that the total solid content of the composition is 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 5 to 60% by mass, from the viewpoint of applicability. Mass% is particularly preferred.
<界面活性剤>
 本発明の組成物には、塗布性をより向上させる観点から、各種の界面活性剤を添加してもよい。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用できる。
 特に、本発明の組成物は、フッ素系界面活性剤を含有することで、塗布液として調製したときの液特性(特に、流動性)がより向上することから、塗布厚の均一性や省液性をより改善することができる。
 即ち、フッ素系界面活性剤を含有する組成物を適用した塗布液を用いて膜形成する場合においては、被塗布面と塗布液との界面張力を低下させることにより、被塗布面への濡れ性が改善され、被塗布面への塗布性が向上する。このため、少量の液量で数μm程度の薄膜を形成した場合であっても、厚みムラの小さい均一厚の膜形成をより好適に行える点で有効である。
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3質量%~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5質量%~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7質量%~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、組成物中における溶解性も良好である。
<Surfactant>
Various surfactants may be added to the composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving coatability. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
In particular, since the composition of the present invention contains a fluorosurfactant, the liquid properties (particularly fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid are further improved. Sex can be improved more.
That is, when a film is formed using a coating liquid to which a composition containing a fluorosurfactant is applied, the wettability to the coated surface is reduced by reducing the interfacial tension between the coated surface and the coating liquid. Is improved, and the coating property to the coated surface is improved. For this reason, even when a thin film of about several μm is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is effective in that it is possible to more suitably form a film having a uniform thickness with small thickness unevenness.
The fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7% by mass to 25% by mass. A fluorosurfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid-saving properties, and has good solubility in the composition.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、例えば、メガファックF171、同F172、同F173、同F176、同F177、同F141、同F142、同F143、同F144、同R30、同F437、同F475、同F479、同F482、同F554、同F780、同F781(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、同FC431、同FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、同SC-101、同SC-103、同SC-104、同SC-105、同SC1068、同SC-381、同SC-383、同S393、同KH-40(以上、旭硝子(株)製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(OMNOVA社製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluorosurfactant include Megafac F171, F172, F173, F176, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, F780, F781 (above DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC-101, Same SC-103, Same SC-104, Same SC-105, Same SC1068, Same SC-381, Same SC-383, Same S393, Same KH-40 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF636, PF656, PF6320 PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA), and the like.
 ノニオン系界面活性剤として具体的には、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレートおよびプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセリンエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル(BASF社製のプルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1、パイオニンD-6112-W(竹本油脂(株)製)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株)製))等が挙げられる。
 カチオン系界面活性剤として具体的には、フタロシアニン誘導体(商品名:EFKA-745、森下産業(株)製)、オルガノシロキサンポリマーKP341(信越化学工業(株)製)、(メタ)アクリル酸系(共)重合体ポリフローNo.75、No.90、No.95(共栄社化学(株)製)、W001(裕商(株)製)等が挙げられる。
 アニオン系界面活性剤として具体的には、W004、W005、W017(裕商(株)社製)等が挙げられる。
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、東レ・ダウコーニング(株)製「トーレシリコーンDC3PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH7PA」、「トーレシリコーンDC11PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH21PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH28PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH29PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH30PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH8400」、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製「TSF-4440」、「TSF-4300」、「TSF-4445」、「TSF-4460」、「TSF-4452」、信越シリコーン株式会社製「KP341」、「KF6001」、「KF6002」、ビックケミー社製「BYK307」、「BYK323」、「BYK330」等が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerin ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene Stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62 manufactured by BASF, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1, Onin D-6112-W (produced by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), SOLSPERSE 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.)), and the like.
Specific examples of the cationic surfactant include phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.), organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
Specific examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
Examples of the silicone surfactant include “Toray Silicone DC3PA”, “Toray Silicone SH7PA”, “Tore Silicone DC11PA”, “Tore Silicone SH21PA”, “Tore Silicone SH28PA”, “Toray Silicone” manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd. Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400, “TSF-4440”, “TSF-4300”, “TSF-4445”, “TSF-4460”, “TSF” manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials -4552 "," KP341 "," KF6001 "," KF6002 "manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.," BYK307 "," BYK323 "," BYK330 "manufactured by BYK Chemie.
 界面活性剤は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を組み合わせてもよい。
 界面活性剤の添加量は配合する場合、組成物の全質量に対して、0.001質量%~2.0質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.005質量%~1.0質量%である。
Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be combined.
When added, the addition amount of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 2.0% by mass and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition. .
<重合禁止剤>
 本発明の組成物においては、該組成物の製造中または保存中において、多官能モノマーの不要な熱重合を阻止するために、少量の重合禁止剤を添加することが望ましい。
 本発明に用いうる重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、o-メトキシフェノール、ジ-t-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、t-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン第一セリウム塩等が挙げられる。
<Polymerization inhibitor>
In the composition of the present invention, it is desirable to add a small amount of a polymerization inhibitor in order to prevent unnecessary thermal polymerization of the polyfunctional monomer during the production or storage of the composition.
Polymerization inhibitors that can be used in the present invention include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, o-methoxyphenol, di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, t-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis (3 -Methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine primary cerium salt and the like.
 更に、組成物は、増感色素や開始剤の活性放射線に対する感度を一層向上させる、或いは酸素による多官能モノマーの重合阻害を抑制する等の目的で共増感剤を含有してもよい。また、硬化皮膜の物性を改良するために、希釈剤、可塑剤、感脂化剤等の公知の添加剤を必要に応じて加えてもよい。 Furthermore, the composition may contain a co-sensitizer for the purpose of further improving the sensitivity of the sensitizing dye or initiator to actinic radiation or suppressing the polymerization inhibition of the polyfunctional monomer by oxygen. Moreover, in order to improve the physical property of a cured film, you may add well-known additives, such as a diluent, a plasticizer, a fat-sensitizing agent, as needed.
 重合禁止剤を用いる場合の添加量としては、組成物中の全固形分中、0.001質量%~0.015質量%の範囲であることが好ましく、0.03質量%~0.09質量%がより好ましい。 When the polymerization inhibitor is used, the addition amount is preferably in the range of 0.001% by mass to 0.015% by mass, and 0.03% by mass to 0.09% by mass in the total solid content in the composition. % Is more preferable.
<密着向上剤(密着促進剤)>
 本発明の組成物には、基板などの硬質表面との密着性を向上させるために、密着向上剤を添加することができる。
 密着向上剤としては、シラン系カップリング剤、チタンカップリング剤等が挙げられる。
 シランカップリング剤は、無機材料と化学結合可能な加水分解性基としてアルコキシシリル基を有するものが好ましい。また有機樹脂との間で相互作用または結合形成して親和性を示す基を有することが好ましく、そのような基としては(メタ)アクリロイル基、フェニル基、メルカプト基、グリシジル基、オキセタニル基を有するものが好ましく、その中でも(メタ)アクリロイル基またはグリシジル基を有するものが好ましい。
 即ち、本発明に用いるシランカップリング剤としては、アルコキシシリル基と、(メタ)アクリロイル基またはエポキシ基と、を有する化合物であることが好ましく、具体的には下記構造の(メタ)アクリロイル-トリメトキシシラン化合物、グリシジル-トリメトキシシラン化合物等が挙げられる。
<Adhesion improver (adhesion promoter)>
An adhesion improver can be added to the composition of the present invention in order to improve adhesion to a hard surface such as a substrate.
Examples of the adhesion improver include a silane coupling agent and a titanium coupling agent.
The silane coupling agent preferably has an alkoxysilyl group as a hydrolyzable group that can be chemically bonded to an inorganic material. In addition, it preferably has a group that interacts or forms a bond with an organic resin and exhibits an affinity, and such a group has a (meth) acryloyl group, a phenyl group, a mercapto group, a glycidyl group, or an oxetanyl group. Among them, those having a (meth) acryloyl group or a glycidyl group are preferable.
That is, the silane coupling agent used in the present invention is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group or an epoxy group, and specifically, a (meth) acryloyl-tri having the following structure. Examples include methoxysilane compounds and glycidyl-trimethoxysilane compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 また、本発明におけるシランカップリング剤は、一分子中に少なくとも2種の反応性の異なる官能基を有するシラン化合物も好ましく、特に、官能基としてアミノ基とアルコキシ基とを有するものが好ましい。このようなシランカップリング剤としては、例えば、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピル-メチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、商品名 KBM-602)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピル-トリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、商品名 KBM-603)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピル-トリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、商品名 KBE-602)、γ-アミノプロピル-トリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、商品名 KBM-903)、γ-アミノプロピル-トリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、商品名 KBE-903)等がある。 In addition, the silane coupling agent in the present invention is also preferably a silane compound having at least two functional groups having different reactivity in one molecule, and particularly preferably having an amino group and an alkoxy group as the functional group. Examples of such silane coupling agents include N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-methyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-602), N-β-aminoethyl-γ- Aminopropyl-trimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-603), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-triethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBE-602), γ -Aminopropyl-trimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-903), γ-aminopropyl-triethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBE-903).
 シランカップリング剤を用いる場合の添加量としては、組成物中の全固形分中、0.1質量%~5.0質量%の範囲であることが好ましく、0.2質量%~3.0質量%がより好ましい。 When the silane coupling agent is used, the addition amount is preferably in the range of 0.1% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and 0.2% by mass to 3.0% by mass in the total solid content in the composition. The mass% is more preferable.
<重合性基を有するアクリル系ポリマー>
 本発明の組成物は、重合性基を有するアクリル系ポリマーを含有していてもよい。重合性基を有するアクリル系ポリマーが有する重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合性基が例示され、(メタ)アクリロイル基またはビニル基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイル基がさらに好ましい。
 本発明で用いる重合性基を有するアクリル系ポリマーは、通常、重合性基を有する構成単位と、他の構成単位を含む。
 本発明におけるアクリル系ポリマーとは(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、(メタ)アクリルアミドのいずれか1種以上由来の繰り返し単位を有するビニル重合体をいう。
<Acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group>
The composition of the present invention may contain an acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group that the acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group has include an ethylenically unsaturated bond group, a (meth) acryloyl group or a vinyl group is preferable, and a (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable.
The acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group used in the present invention usually contains a structural unit having a polymerizable group and other structural units.
The acrylic polymer in the present invention refers to a vinyl polymer having a repeating unit derived from one or more of (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylic acid ester, and (meth) acrylamide.
 重合性基を有するアクリル系ポリマーに含まれる、重合性基の割合としては、5~50であるのが好ましく、10~40であるのがより好ましい。このような範囲とすることにより硬化と性と現像性の両立がより効果的に達成される。ここで、重合性基の割合とは、モル共重合比率を意味する。 The ratio of the polymerizable group contained in the acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group is preferably 5 to 50, and more preferably 10 to 40. By setting it as such a range, coexistence of hardening, property, and developability is achieved more effectively. Here, the ratio of a polymerizable group means a molar copolymerization ratio.
 他の構成単位としては、例えば、酸基を含む構成単位が例示される。酸基としては、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、スルホン酸基、フェノール性水酸基などが挙げられ、カルボキシル基が好ましい。
 また、本発明で用いる重合性基を有するアクリル系ポリマーの酸価は、10~200mgKOH/gであることが好ましく、20~150mgKOH/gであることがより好ましい。このような範囲とすることにより、パターン形成の際の、未露光部の溶解性を高めることが可能になる。本発明における酸価は、水酸化カリウム溶液との中和滴定によって得られた値をいう。
As another structural unit, the structural unit containing an acid group is illustrated, for example. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and the like, and a carboxyl group is preferable.
The acid value of the acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group used in the present invention is preferably 10 to 200 mgKOH / g, and more preferably 20 to 150 mgKOH / g. By setting it as such a range, it becomes possible to improve the solubility of the unexposed part at the time of pattern formation. The acid value in the present invention refers to a value obtained by neutralization titration with a potassium hydroxide solution.
 重合性基を有するアクリル系ポリマーとしては、例えば、カルボキシル基含有樹脂にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、アリルグリシジルエーテル等のグリシジル基含有不飽和化合物やアリルアルコール、2-ヒドロキシアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシメタクリレート等の不飽和アルコールを反応させた樹脂、水酸基を有するカルボキシル基含有樹脂に遊離イソシアネート基含有不飽和化合物、不飽和酸無水物を反応させた樹脂、エポキシ樹脂と不飽和カルボン酸との付加反応物に多塩基酸無水物を反応させた樹脂、共役ジエン共重合体と不飽和ジカルボン酸無水物との付加反応物に水酸基含有多官能モノマーを反応させた樹脂、塩基処理によって脱離反応が生起され不飽和基を与える特定官能基を有する樹脂を合成し、該樹脂に塩基処理を施すことで不飽和基を生成させた樹脂等が代表的な樹脂として挙げられる。
 重合性基を有するアクリル系ポリマーとしては、特開2009-79150の段落0043~0067の説明を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。また、特開2009-79150の段落0063~0067の高分子化合物1~22の説明を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
Examples of the acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group include carboxyl group-containing resins such as glycidyl group-containing unsaturated compounds such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and allyl glycidyl ether, allyl alcohol, 2-hydroxy acrylate, and 2-hydroxy methacrylate. Resins reacted with unsaturated alcohol, carboxyl group-containing resins having hydroxyl groups, free isocyanate group-containing unsaturated compounds, resins reacted with unsaturated acid anhydrides, and addition reaction products of epoxy resins and unsaturated carboxylic acids. Resin in which basic acid anhydride is reacted, resin in which hydroxyl group-containing polyfunctional monomer is reacted with addition reaction product of conjugated diene copolymer and unsaturated dicarboxylic acid anhydride, and elimination reaction is caused by base treatment to cause unsaturated reaction A resin having a specific functional group that gives a group is synthesized, and the resin is subjected to base treatment. Resin or the like to produce an unsaturated group at Succoth can be cited as typical resins.
Regarding the acrylic polymer having a polymerizable group, the description in paragraphs 0043 to 0067 of JP-A-2009-79150 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Further, description of polymer compounds 1 to 22 in paragraphs 0063 to 0067 of JP-A-2009-79150 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
<その他の成分>
 本発明の組成物には、上記必須成分や上記任意添加剤に加え、本発明の効果を損なわい限りにおいて、目的に応じてその他の成分を適宜選択して用いてもよい。
 併用可能なその他の成分としては、例えば、バインダーポリマー、分散剤、増感剤、架橋剤、硬化促進剤、フィラー、熱硬化促進剤、熱重合禁止剤、可塑剤、紫外線吸収剤などが挙げられ、更に基材表面への密着促進剤およびその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、充填剤、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、酸化防止剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)を併用してもよい。
 これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、形成する膜の安定性、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。
 これらの成分は、例えば、特開2012-003225号公報の段落番号0183以降(対応する米国特許出願公開第2013/0034812号明細書の[0237]以降)の記載、特開2008-250074号公報の段落番号0101~0102、段落番号0103~0104および段落番号0107~0109等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
<Other ingredients>
In the composition of the present invention, other components may be appropriately selected and used according to the purpose as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired in addition to the essential components and the optional additives.
Examples of other components that can be used in combination include a binder polymer, a dispersant, a sensitizer, a crosslinking agent, a curing accelerator, a filler, a thermosetting accelerator, a thermal polymerization inhibitor, a plasticizer, and an ultraviolet absorber. Furthermore, adhesion promoters to the substrate surface and other auxiliary agents (for example, conductive particles, fillers, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, antioxidants, perfumes, surface tension modifiers. , Chain transfer agent, etc.) may be used in combination.
By appropriately containing these components, properties such as stability of the film to be formed and film physical properties can be adjusted.
These components are described, for example, in paragraph No. 0183 of JP 2012-003225 A or later (corresponding to [0237] or later of US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812) or JP 2008-250074. The description of paragraph numbers 0101 to 0102, paragraph numbers 0103 to 0104, paragraph numbers 0107 to 0109, and the like can be taken into consideration, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
<組成物の調製>
 本発明の組成物の調製態様については特に制限されないが、例えば、本発明の必須成分、および、所望により併用される各種の添加剤を混合し、調製することができる。
 本発明の組成物は、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、フィルターで濾過することが好ましい。
 フィルターろ過に用いるフィルターとしては、従来からろ過用途等に用いられているフィルターであれば特に限定されることなく用いることができる。
 フィルターの材質の例としては、PTFE(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン)等のフッ素樹脂;ナイロン-6、ナイロン-6,6等のポリアミド系樹脂;ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(PP)等のポリオレフィン樹脂(高密度、超高分子量を含む);等が挙げられる。これら素材の中でもポリプロピレン(高密度ポリプロピレンを含む)が好ましい。
 フィルターの孔径には特に限定はないが、例えば0.01~20.0μm程度であり、好ましくは0.01~5μm程度であり、さらに好ましくは0.01~2.0μm程度である。
 フィルターの孔径を上記範囲とすることにより、微細な粒子をより効果的に取り除くことができ、濁度をより低減することができる。
 ここで、フィルターの孔径は、フィルタメーカーの公称値を参照することができる。市販のフィルターとしては、例えば、日本ポール株式会社、アドバンテック東洋株式会社、日本インテグリス株式会社(旧日本マイクロリス株式会社)または株式会社キッツマイクロフィルタ等が提供する各種フィルターの中から選択することができる。
<Preparation of composition>
Although it does not restrict | limit especially about the preparation aspect of the composition of this invention, For example, the essential component of this invention and the various additives used together as needed can be mixed and prepared.
The composition of the present invention is preferably filtered with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances or reducing defects.
As a filter used for filter filtration, if it is a filter conventionally used for the filtration use etc., it can use without being specifically limited.
Examples of filter materials include: fluororesins such as PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene); polyamide resins such as nylon-6 and nylon-6, 6; polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (high density, super Including high molecular weight); Among these materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) is preferable.
The pore size of the filter is not particularly limited, but is, for example, about 0.01 to 20.0 μm, preferably about 0.01 to 5 μm, and more preferably about 0.01 to 2.0 μm.
By setting the pore size of the filter within the above range, fine particles can be more effectively removed and turbidity can be further reduced.
Here, the pore size of the filter can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As a commercially available filter, for example, it can be selected from various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd., Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Japan Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Japan Microlith Co., Ltd.) or KITZ Micro Filter Co., Ltd. .
 フィルターろ過では、2種以上のフィルターを組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 例えば、まず第1のフィルターを用いてろ過を行い、次に、第1のフィルターとは孔径が異なる第2のフィルターを用いてろ過を行うことができる。
 その際、第1のフィルターでのフィルタリングおよび第2のフィルターでのフィルタリングは、それぞれ、1回のみでもよいし、2回以上行ってもよい。
 第2のフィルターは、上述した第1のフィルターと同様の材料等で形成されたものを使用することができる。
In filter filtration, two or more filters may be used in combination.
For example, the filtration can be performed first using a first filter and then using a second filter having a pore diameter different from that of the first filter.
At that time, the filtering by the first filter and the filtering by the second filter may be performed only once or may be performed twice or more, respectively.
As the second filter, a filter formed of the same material as the first filter described above can be used.
 本発明の組成物は、インクジェットで塗布されることが好ましく、インクジェット記録装置に適用するのに好適な物性を有することが好ましい。
 即ち、本発明の組成物をインクジェット記録方法に用いる場合には、吐出性を考慮し、吐出時の温度でのインク粘度が100mPa・s以下であることが好ましく、50mPa・s以下であることがより好ましく、上記範囲になるように適宜組成比を調整し決定することが好ましい。
 なお、25℃(室温)での組成物の粘度は、好ましくは0.5mPa・s以上200mPa・s以下、より好ましくは1mPa・s以上100mPa・s以下であり、さらに好ましくは2mPa・s以上50mPa・s以下である。室温での粘度を高く設定することにより、凹凸のある基板に適用した場合でも、組成物の液だれが防止され、その結果として均一な遮光膜の形成が可能となる。25℃での粘度が200mPa・sより大きいときには、組成物の搬送(装置内での液の輸送状態)に問題が生じる場合がある。
The composition of the present invention is preferably applied by inkjet, and preferably has physical properties suitable for application to an inkjet recording apparatus.
That is, when the composition of the present invention is used in an ink jet recording method, the ink viscosity at the temperature at the time of ejection is preferably 100 mPa · s or less, preferably 50 mPa · s or less in consideration of ejection properties. More preferably, the composition ratio is suitably adjusted and determined so as to be in the above range.
The viscosity of the composition at 25 ° C. (room temperature) is preferably 0.5 mPa · s to 200 mPa · s, more preferably 1 mPa · s to 100 mPa · s, and further preferably 2 mPa · s to 50 mPa. -S or less. By setting the viscosity at room temperature high, even when applied to an uneven substrate, dripping of the composition is prevented, and as a result, a uniform light-shielding film can be formed. When the viscosity at 25 ° C. is larger than 200 mPa · s, there may be a problem in the transportation of the composition (the transport state of the liquid in the apparatus).
 本発明の組成物の表面張力は、好ましくは20mN/m~40mN/m、より好ましくは23mN/m~35mN/mである。シリコン基板や金属配線表面に適用する場合、液だれ抑制の観点から20mN/m以上が好ましく、と基板等との密着性、親和性の観点から35mN/m以下が好ましい。 The surface tension of the composition of the present invention is preferably 20 mN / m to 40 mN / m, more preferably 23 mN / m to 35 mN / m. When applied to the surface of a silicon substrate or metal wiring, 20 mN / m or more is preferable from the viewpoint of dripping suppression, and 35 mN / m or less is preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion and affinity with the substrate.
<工程の手順>
 本発明の組成物を用いて形成される着色層の製造方法は特に制限されず、公知の方法を採用できる。なかでも、着色感放射線性組成物を下地層上に付与して、着色感放射線性組成物層を形成する工程(以下、「着色感放射線性組成物層形成工程」ともいう)と、マスクを介して着色感放射線性組成物層をパターン露光する工程(以下、「露光工程」ともいう)と、露光後の着色感放射線性組成物層を現像して着色層(以下、「着色パターン」「着色画素」ともいう)を形成する工程(以下、「現像工程」ともいう)と、を含むことが好ましい。
 以後、好適態様の各工程の手順について詳述する。
<Process procedure>
The manufacturing method in particular of the colored layer formed using the composition of this invention is not restrict | limited, A well-known method is employable. Among them, a step of forming a colored radiation-sensitive composition layer by applying a colored radiation-sensitive composition on an underlayer (hereinafter also referred to as “colored radiation-sensitive composition layer forming step”), and a mask Through the process of pattern exposure of the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer (hereinafter also referred to as “exposure process”), and developing the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer after exposure to develop a colored layer (hereinafter referred to as “colored pattern” and “ A step of forming a color pixel ”(hereinafter also referred to as a“ development step ”).
Hereinafter, the procedure of each step of the preferred embodiment will be described in detail.
(着色感放射線性組成物層形成工程)
 着色感放射線性組成物層形成工程では、下地層上に、上記組成物を付与して着色感放射線性組成物層を形成する。
 下地層上への本発明の組成物の適用方法としては、スリット塗布、インクジェット法、回転塗布、流延塗布、ロール塗布、スクリーン印刷法等の各種の塗布方法を適用することができる。
 着色感放射線性組成物層の膜厚としては、0.1μm~10μmが好ましく、0.2μm~5μmがより好ましく、0.2μm~3μmがさらに好ましい。
 支持体上に塗布された着色感放射線性組成物層は必要に応じて乾燥(プリベーク)してもよく、乾燥はホットプレート、オーブン等で50℃~140℃の温度で10秒~300秒で行うことができる。
(露光工程)
 露光工程では、着色感放射線性組成物層形成工程において形成された着色感放射線性組成物層を、例えば、ステッパー等の露光装置を用い、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介してパターン露光する。
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、特に、g線、i線等の紫外線が好ましく(特に好ましくはi線)用いられる。照射量(露光量)は30~1500mJ/cm2が好ましく、50~1000mJ/cm2がより好ましく、80~500mJ/cm2が最も好ましい。
(Colored radiation-sensitive composition layer forming step)
In the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer forming step, the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer is formed by applying the above composition on the underlayer.
As a method for applying the composition of the present invention on the underlayer, various coating methods such as slit coating, ink jet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, screen printing method and the like can be applied.
The thickness of the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer is preferably from 0.1 μm to 10 μm, more preferably from 0.2 μm to 5 μm, and even more preferably from 0.2 μm to 3 μm.
The colored radiation-sensitive composition layer coated on the support may be dried (pre-baked) as necessary. The drying is performed at a temperature of 50 ° C. to 140 ° C. for 10 seconds to 300 seconds using a hot plate, oven or the like. It can be carried out.
(Exposure process)
In the exposure step, the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer formed in the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer forming step is subjected to pattern exposure through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using an exposure apparatus such as a stepper, for example.
As radiation (light) that can be used for exposure, ultraviolet rays such as g-line and i-line are particularly preferable (particularly preferably i-line). Irradiation dose (exposure dose) is preferably 30 ~ 1500mJ / cm 2, more preferably 50 ~ 1000mJ / cm 2, and most preferably 80 ~ 500mJ / cm 2.
(現像工程)
 次いでアルカリ現像処理等の現像を行うことにより、露光工程における光未照射部分の着色感放射線性組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。
 現像液としては、下地の撮像素子や回路などにダメージを起さない、有機アルカリ現像液が望ましい。現像温度としては通常20℃~30℃であり、現像時間は、例えば、20秒~90秒である。より残渣を除去するため、近年では120秒~180秒実施する場合もある。さらには、より残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、さらに新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返す場合もある。
 現像液に用いるアルカリ剤としては、例えば、アンモニア水、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリン、ピロール、ピペリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5、4、0]-7-ウンデセンなどの有機アルカリ性化合物が挙げられ、これらのアルカリ剤を濃度が0.001~10質量%、好ましくは0.01~1質量%となるように純水で希釈したアルカリ性水溶液が現像液として好ましく使用される。
 なお、現像液には無機アルカリを用いてもよく、無機アルカリとしては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、硅酸ナトリウム、メタ硅酸ナトリウムなどが好ましい。
 なお、このようなアルカリ性水溶液からなる現像液を使用した場合には、一般に現像後純水で洗浄(リンス)する。
(Development process)
Subsequently, by performing development such as alkali development treatment, the colored radiation-sensitive composition layer in the light unirradiated portion in the exposure step is eluted in the developer, and only the photocured portion remains.
The developer is preferably an organic alkali developer that does not cause damage to the underlying image sensor or circuit. The development temperature is usually 20 ° C. to 30 ° C., and the development time is, for example, 20 seconds to 90 seconds. In order to remove the residue more, in recent years, it may be carried out for 120 seconds to 180 seconds. Furthermore, in order to further improve residue removability, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and further supplying a new developer may be repeated several times.
Examples of the alkaline agent used in the developer include ammonia water, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo- [5, 4, 0] -7-undecene and the like, and an alkaline aqueous solution obtained by diluting these alkaline agents with pure water so as to have a concentration of 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. Is preferably used as a developer.
In addition, an inorganic alkali may be used for the developer, and as the inorganic alkali, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium oxalate, sodium metaoxalate and the like are preferable.
In the case where a developer composed of such an alkaline aqueous solution is used, it is generally washed (rinsed) with pure water after development.
 次いで、乾燥を施した後に加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。多色の着色層(着色パターン)を形成するのであれば、各色ごとに上記工程を順次繰り返して硬化皮膜を製造することができる。これによりカラーフィルタが得られる。
 ポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の加熱処理であり、通常100℃~240℃、好ましくは200℃~240℃の熱硬化処理を行う。
 このポストベーク処理は、現像後の塗布膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。
 なお、本発明の製造方法は、必要に応じ、上記以外の工程として、カラーフィルタの製造方法として公知の工程を有していてもよい。例えば、上述した、着色感放射線性組成物層形成工程、露光工程、および現像工程を行った後に、必要により、形成された着色層(着色パターン)を加熱および/または露光により硬化する硬化工程を含んでいてもよい。
Next, it is preferable to perform heat treatment (post-bake) after drying. If a multicolored colored layer (colored pattern) is formed, a cured film can be produced by sequentially repeating the above steps for each color. Thereby, a color filter is obtained.
The post-baking is a heat treatment after development for complete curing, and a heat curing treatment is usually performed at 100 ° C. to 240 ° C., preferably 200 ° C. to 240 ° C.
This post-bake treatment is performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), a high-frequency heater, or the like so that the coating film after development is in the above-described condition. be able to.
In addition, the manufacturing method of this invention may have a well-known process as a manufacturing method of a color filter as a process other than the above as needed. For example, after performing the above-mentioned colored radiation-sensitive composition layer forming step, exposing step, and developing step, if necessary, a curing step of curing the formed colored layer (colored pattern) by heating and / or exposure. May be included.
 カラーフィルタにおける着色層(着色画素)の膜厚としては、2.0μm以下が好ましく、1.0μm以下がより好ましい。
 また、着色層(着色画素)のサイズ(パターン幅)としては、2.5μm以下が好ましく、2.0μm以下がより好ましく、1.7μm以下が特に好ましい。
 カラーフィルタは、液晶表示装置や固体撮像素子や有機EL表示装置に用いることができ、特に固体撮像用途や有機EL表示装置に好適である。液晶表示装置に用いた場合、比抵抗の低下に伴う液晶分子の配向不良が少なく、表示画像の色合いが良好で表示特性に優れる。
The film thickness of the colored layer (colored pixel) in the color filter is preferably 2.0 μm or less, and more preferably 1.0 μm or less.
In addition, the size (pattern width) of the colored layer (colored pixel) is preferably 2.5 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 μm or less.
The color filter can be used for a liquid crystal display device, a solid-state imaging device, or an organic EL display device, and is particularly suitable for a solid-state imaging application or an organic EL display device. When used in a liquid crystal display device, there are few alignment defects of liquid crystal molecules due to a decrease in specific resistance, the color of a display image is good, and the display characteristics are excellent.
 本発明のカラーフィルタは、色相に優れ、且つ耐光性に優れた着色画素を有することから、特に液晶表示装置用のカラーフィルタとして好適である。このようなカラーフィルタを備えた液晶表示装置は、表示画像の色合いが良好で表示特性に優れた高画質画像を表示することができる。
 本発明のカラーフィルタを液晶表示装置に用いると、従来公知の冷陰極管の三波長管と組み合わせたときに高いコントラストを実現できるが、更に、赤、緑、青のLED光源(RGB-LED)をバックライトとすることによって輝度が高く、また、色純度の高い色再現性の良好な液晶表示装置を提供することができる。
Since the color filter of the present invention has colored pixels that are excellent in hue and excellent in light resistance, it is particularly suitable as a color filter for liquid crystal display devices. A liquid crystal display device provided with such a color filter can display a high-quality image having a good display image color tone and excellent display characteristics.
When the color filter of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device, a high contrast can be realized when combined with a conventionally known three-wavelength tube of a cold cathode tube. By using as a backlight, a liquid crystal display device having high luminance and high color purity and good color reproducibility can be provided.
 また、本発明のカラーフィルタは、固体撮像素子に好適に使用できる。
 固体撮像素子の構成としては、本発明のカラーフィルタが備えられた構成であり、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
 支持体上に、固体撮像素子(CCD、CMOS等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオードおよびポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオードおよび転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口したタングステン等かる遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面およびフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、本発明のカラーフィルタを有する構成である。
 更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(支持体に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。
Further, the color filter of the present invention can be suitably used for a solid-state imaging device.
The configuration of the solid-state image sensor is not particularly limited as long as it is a configuration provided with the color filter of the present invention and functions as a solid-state image sensor, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
On the support, there are a plurality of photodiodes constituting a light receiving area of a solid-state imaging device (CCD, CMOS, etc.) and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon, etc., and only the light receiving part of the photodiode is opened on the photodiode and the transfer electrode. And a device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light shielding film and the photodiode light-receiving portion. A configuration having a color filter.
Further, there are a configuration having a light condensing means (for example, a micro lens) on the device protective film and under the color filter (on the side close to the support), or a structure having the light condensing means on the color filter. May be.
 また、本発明は上述した下地層を有する有機EL表示装置にも関する。
 以下に図面を参照して、本発明の有機EL表示装置の一実施態様について説明する。
 図1は、下地層40および着色層50を含む有機EL表示装置100の一態様の一部の断面図である。各画素は、例えば、白色光を発生する複数の有機EL素子20と、着色層50(50R、50G、50B)との組み合わせにより三原色(赤,緑および青)のいずれかの光を発生するものである。複数の有機EL素子20のピッチ(中心間距離)Pは、例えば30μm以下、より好ましくは10μm以下、具体的には例えば約2μmないし3μmである。ピッチpは、0.5μm以上が好ましく、1μm以上がより好ましい。すなわち、この表示装置は、有機EL素子20の寸法が極めて小さい、いわゆるマイクロディスプレイと呼ばれるものである。なお、この表示装置上には接眼レンズ(図示せず)が設けられており、使用者は、表示装置に表示された画像を、接眼レンズを通して拡大して見るようになっている。そのため、使用者が見ることができるのは、表示装置に表示された画像のうち、接眼レンズの取り込み角の範囲内の部分のみである。
The present invention also relates to an organic EL display device having the above-described underlayer.
An embodiment of the organic EL display device of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view of a part of one embodiment of an organic EL display device 100 including a base layer 40 and a colored layer 50. Each pixel generates light of one of the three primary colors (red, green, and blue) by combining a plurality of organic EL elements 20 that generate white light and the colored layer 50 (50R, 50G, 50B), for example. It is. The pitch (inter-center distance) P of the plurality of organic EL elements 20 is, for example, 30 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and specifically, for example, about 2 μm to 3 μm. The pitch p is preferably 0.5 μm or more, and more preferably 1 μm or more. That is, this display device is a so-called micro display in which the size of the organic EL element 20 is extremely small. Note that an eyepiece lens (not shown) is provided on the display device, and the user views an image displayed on the display device in an enlarged manner through the eyepiece lens. Therefore, the user can see only a portion of the image displayed on the display device within the range of the eyepiece lens capture angle.
 有機EL素子20は、基板10上に行列状に配置されると共に、保護膜30により被覆されている。保護膜30上には、接着層(図示せず)を間にして、ガラスなどよりなる封止用基板60が全面にわたって貼り合わせられている。この封止用基板60の基板10側の表面に着色層50が設けられている。
 基板10としては、ガラス基板などが使用される。
 有機EL素子20の構成は特に制限されず、構成を採用でき、通常、電極間に教示された発光層を含む場合が多い。
The organic EL elements 20 are arranged in a matrix on the substrate 10 and are covered with a protective film 30. A sealing substrate 60 made of glass or the like is bonded to the entire surface of the protective film 30 with an adhesive layer (not shown) therebetween. A colored layer 50 is provided on the surface of the sealing substrate 60 on the substrate 10 side.
As the substrate 10, a glass substrate or the like is used.
The configuration of the organic EL element 20 is not particularly limited, and the configuration can be adopted. Usually, the light emitting layer taught between the electrodes is often included.
 保護膜30は、例えば、厚みが0.5μmないし10μmであり、窒化ケイ素(SiN)により構成されている。接着層(図示せず)は、例えば紫外線硬化樹脂または熱硬化樹脂により構成されている。封止用基板60は、接着層(図示せず)と共に有機EL素子20を封止するものである。封止用基板60は、例えば、有機EL素子20で発生した光に対して透明なガラスなどの材料により構成されている。
 着色層50は、有機EL素子20で発生した白色光を、赤、緑または青の色光として取り出すためのものであり、複数の有機EL素子20にそれぞれ対向する赤色着色層50R、緑色着色層50G、青色着色層50Bを有している。赤色着色層50R、緑色着色層50G、および、青色着色層50Bは、有機EL素子20に対応して順に配置されている。赤色着色層50R、緑色着色層50G、および、青色着色層50Bは、上述した着色剤などを含む着色感放射線性組成物より形成される層であり、着色剤の選択により、目的とする赤、緑または青の波長域における光透過率が高く、他の波長域における光透過率が低くなるように調整されている。
 着色層50は、着色層50の一部には、半透過領域が設けられていてもよい。これにより、この表示装置では、有機EL素子20の寸法が小さい場合にも、隣接する着色層を通過した光の回折による混色をより抑えることが可能となる。半透過領域は、着色層の一部に半透過膜が設けられていることにより、着色層の一部の透過率を可変させたものである。
 着色層50の下には、上述した、波長633nmにおける屈折率が1.60以上の下地層40が設けられている。下地層40が配置されることにより、着色層50の密着性がより優れる。
For example, the protective film 30 has a thickness of 0.5 μm to 10 μm and is made of silicon nitride (SiN). The adhesive layer (not shown) is made of, for example, an ultraviolet curable resin or a thermosetting resin. The sealing substrate 60 seals the organic EL element 20 together with an adhesive layer (not shown). The sealing substrate 60 is made of, for example, a material such as glass that is transparent to the light generated by the organic EL element 20.
The colored layer 50 is for extracting white light generated in the organic EL element 20 as red, green, or blue color light. The red colored layer 50R and the green colored layer 50G that face the plurality of organic EL elements 20 respectively. And a blue colored layer 50B. The red colored layer 50 </ b> R, the green colored layer 50 </ b> G, and the blue colored layer 50 </ b> B are sequentially arranged corresponding to the organic EL element 20. The red colored layer 50R, the green colored layer 50G, and the blue colored layer 50B are layers formed from a colored radiation-sensitive composition containing the above-described colorant and the like. The light transmittance is adjusted to be high in the green or blue wavelength region and low in other wavelength regions.
The colored layer 50 may be provided with a semi-transmissive region in a part of the colored layer 50. Thereby, in this display device, even when the dimension of the organic EL element 20 is small, it is possible to further suppress color mixing due to diffraction of light that has passed through the adjacent colored layer. The semi-transmissive region is obtained by varying the transmittance of a part of the colored layer by providing a semi-permeable film on a part of the colored layer.
Under the colored layer 50, the above-described underlayer 40 having a refractive index of 1.60 or more at a wavelength of 633 nm is provided. By disposing the underlayer 40, the adhesion of the colored layer 50 is further improved.
 上述したように、マイクロディスプレイでは、有機EL素子の寸法が極めて小さい。そのため、有機EL素子に対応して設けられる着色層の大きさも極めて小さくなるため、より一層の密着性が着色層に求められる。本発明においては、上述した下地層上に着色層を配置することにより、寸法の極めて小さい着色層を密着性よく配置することが可能となる。
 また、上述したように下地層に金属粒子または金属酸化物粒子が実質的に含まれない場合、下地層の平坦性が向上し、下地層上に配置される着色層の密着性が向上するため、マイクロディスプレイに好適に適用することができる。
As described above, in the micro display, the size of the organic EL element is extremely small. Therefore, since the size of the colored layer provided corresponding to the organic EL element is extremely small, further adhesion is required for the colored layer. In the present invention, it is possible to arrange a colored layer having a very small size with good adhesion by arranging the colored layer on the above-described underlayer.
In addition, as described above, when the base layer is substantially free of metal particles or metal oxide particles, the flatness of the base layer is improved, and the adhesion of the colored layer disposed on the base layer is improved. It can be suitably applied to a micro display.
 以下、本発明を実施例により更に具体的に説明するが、本発明はその主旨を越えない限り、以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「部」、「%」は、質量基準である。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples as long as the gist thereof is not exceeded. Unless otherwise specified, “part” and “%” are based on mass.
(製造例1:Red顔料分散液の調製)
 下記組成の混合液を、0.3mm径のジルコニアビーズを使用して、ビーズミル(減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製))で、3時間、混合、分散して、Red顔料分散液を調製した。
・C.I.ピグメントレッド 254  12.4部
・C.I.ピグメントレッド 139  5.6部
・分散剤:BYK社製 BYK-2001  3.6部
・アルカリ可溶性樹脂1:ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体
(=70/30モル比、Mw:30000、酸価:110mgKOH/g)  3.6部
・溶剤:プロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート  74.8部
(Production Example 1: Preparation of Red pigment dispersion)
A mixed solution having the following composition was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a zirconia bead having a diameter of 0.3 mm in a bead mill (high pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 with a pressure reducing mechanism (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.)). A Red pigment dispersion was prepared.
・ C. I. Pigment Red 254 12.4 parts C.I. I. Pigment Red 139 5.6 parts, dispersing agent: BYK-2001 BYK-2001 3.6 parts, alkali-soluble resin 1: benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer (= 70/30 molar ratio, Mw: 30000, acid value: 110 mg KOH / g) 3.6 parts Solvent: 74.8 parts propylene glycol methyl ether acetate
(製造例2:Green顔料分散液の調製)
 下記組成の混合液を、0.3mm径のジルコニアビーズを使用して、ビーズミル(減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製))で、3時間、混合、分散して、Green顔料分散液を調製した。
・C.I.ピグメントグリーン 36  10.8部
・C.I.ピグメントイエロー 150  7.2部
・分散剤:BYK社製 BYK-2001  3.6部
・上記アルカリ可溶性樹脂1  3.6部
・溶剤:プロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート  74.8部
(Production Example 2: Preparation of Green pigment dispersion)
The mixed solution having the following composition was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a zirconia bead having a diameter of 0.3 mm in a bead mill (high pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 with a pressure reducing mechanism (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.)). A Green pigment dispersion was prepared.
・ C. I. Pigment green 36 10.8 parts C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 7.2 parts, Dispersant: BYK-2001 3.6 parts BYK, alkali-soluble resin 1 3.6 parts, solvent: propylene glycol methyl ether acetate 74.8 parts
(製造例3:Blue顔料分散液の調製)
 下記組成の混合液を、0.3mm径のジルコニアビーズを使用して、ビーズミル(減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製))で、3時間、混合、分散して、Blue顔料分散液を調製した。
・C.I.ピグメントブルー 15:6  14.4部
・C.I.ピグメントバイオレット 23  3.6部
・分散剤:BYK社製 BYK-2001  3.6部
・上記アルカリ可溶性樹脂1  3.6部
・溶剤:プロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート  74.8部
(Production Example 3: Preparation of Blue pigment dispersion)
The mixed solution having the following composition was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a zirconia bead having a diameter of 0.3 mm in a bead mill (high pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 with a pressure reducing mechanism (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.)). A Blue pigment dispersion was prepared.
・ C. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 14.4 parts C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 3.6 parts, dispersant: BYK-2001 BYK-2001 3.6 parts, alkali-soluble resin 1 3.6 parts, solvent: propylene glycol methyl ether acetate 74.8 parts
(製造例4:赤色感放射線性組成物の調製)
 下記の成分を混合して、赤色感放射線性組成物を調製した。
・Red顔料分散液  70.0部
・上記アルカリ可溶性樹脂1  1.9部
・重合性化合物1:ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(日本化薬社製 商品名カヤラッドDPHA)  3.0部
・重合性化合物2:ペンタエリスリトールエチレンオキサイド変性テトラアクリレート(日本化薬社製 商品名RP-1040)  1.3部
・重合開始剤1:下記の構造(BASF社製、IRGACURE-OXE01)  1.3部
・溶剤:プロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート  22.4部
(Production Example 4: Preparation of red radiation-sensitive composition)
The following components were mixed to prepare a red radiation sensitive composition.
Red pigment dispersion 70.0 parts Alkaline-soluble resin 1 1.9 parts Polymerizable compound 1: Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (trade name Kayarad DPHA manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 3.0 parts Polymerizable compound 2 : Pentaerythritol ethylene oxide-modified tetraacrylate (trade name RP-1040, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 1.3 parts ・ Polymerization initiator 1: The following structure (IRGACURE-OXE01, manufactured by BASF) 1.3 parts ・ Solvent: Propylene 22.4 parts of glycol methyl ether acetate
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(製造例5:緑色感放射線性組成物の調製)
 実施例1のRed顔料分散液をGreen顔料分散液に置き換えた以外は、実施例1と同様の成分を用いて、緑色感放射線性組成物を調製した。
(製造例6:青色感放射線性組成物の調製)
 実施例1のRed顔料分散液をBlue顔料分散液に置き換えた以外は、実施例1と同様の成分を用いて、青色感放射線性組成物を調製した。
(Production Example 5: Preparation of green radiation-sensitive composition)
A green radiation-sensitive composition was prepared using the same components as in Example 1 except that the Red pigment dispersion in Example 1 was replaced with the Green pigment dispersion.
(Production Example 6: Preparation of blue radiation-sensitive composition)
A blue radiation-sensitive composition was prepared using the same components as in Example 1 except that the Red pigment dispersion in Example 1 was replaced with a Blue pigment dispersion.
(製造例7:下地材A)
 WO2010/128661を参考に、m-フェニレンジアミン(28.94g、0.27mol、Aldrich社製)、2,4,6-トリクロロ-1,3,5-トリアジン(36.91g、0.20mol、東京化成工業(株)製)、アニリン(56.53g、0.6mol、純正化学(株)製)を用いて合成を行い、目的の高分子化合物Aを46.12g得た。得られた高分子化合物Aは以下構造単位を有する化合物である。高分子化合物AのGPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量Mwは4,900、多分散度Mw/Mnは2.21であった。
(Production Example 7: Base material A)
With reference to WO2010 / 128661, m-phenylenediamine (28.94 g, 0.27 mol, manufactured by Aldrich), 2,4,6-trichloro-1,3,5-triazine (36.91 g, 0.20 mol, Tokyo) Synthesis was performed using Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) and aniline (56.53 g, 0.6 mol, manufactured by Junsei Kagaku Co., Ltd.) to obtain 46.12 g of the target polymer compound A. The obtained polymer compound A is a compound having the following structural units. The weight average molecular weight Mw measured in terms of polystyrene by GPC of the polymer compound A was 4,900, and the polydispersity Mw / Mn was 2.21.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 空気下、10mLナスフラスコに上記で得られた高分子化合物Aを2.0g加え、溶媒としてシクロヘキサノン8.0gを加え、室温にて完全に溶解させ、高分子化合物Aの20質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液を調製した。
 次いで、この20質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液1.0gにシクロヘキサノン0.94gを加え、その後、架橋剤としてエポキシ基を含有する化合物であるエポリードGT-401(ダイセル化学工業(株)製)の10質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液0.20g(ポリマーの固形分を100質量部としたのに対して10.0質量部)を加えた。さらに、密着促進剤として3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製)の5質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液0.040g(ポリマーの固形分を100質量部としたのに対して1質量部)を加え、界面活性剤として、商品名メガファックR-30(DIC(株)製)の0.5質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液0.040g(ポリマーの固形分を100質量部としたのに対して0.1質量部)を加え、溶液が均一になるまで3時間撹拌した。撹拌後、溶質は完全に溶解し、薄黄色透明溶液として、固形分の総質量%が10質量%のポリマーワニス(下地材A)を得た。
Under air, 2.0 g of the polymer compound A obtained above was added to a 10 mL eggplant flask, and 8.0 g of cyclohexanone was added as a solvent, and completely dissolved at room temperature, and a 20 mass% cyclohexanone solution of the polymer compound A was added. Prepared.
Next, 0.94 g of cyclohexanone was added to 1.0 g of this 20% by mass cyclohexanone solution, and then 10% by mass cyclohexanone of Epolide GT-401 (manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries), which is a compound containing an epoxy group as a crosslinking agent. 0.20 g of the solution (10.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the polymer) was added. Further, 0.040 g of a 5 mass% cyclohexanone solution of 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) as an adhesion promoter (1 mass relative to 100 mass parts of the solid content of the polymer) Part), and as a surfactant, 0.040 g of a 0.5 wt% cyclohexanone solution of the trade name Megafac R-30 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) (the solid content of the polymer was 100 parts by weight) 0.1 parts by mass) was added and stirred for 3 hours until the solution became homogeneous. After stirring, the solute was completely dissolved, and a polymer varnish (base material A) having a total mass% of solid content of 10 mass% was obtained as a pale yellow transparent solution.
(製造例8:下地材B)
 WO2010/128661を参考に、9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン[2](6.48g、0.018mol)、2,4,6-トリクロロ-1,3,5-トリアジン[1](4.06g、0.022mol)、アニリン(5.64g、0.06mol)を用いて合成を行い、高分子化合物Bを10.1g得た。高分子化合物Bは以下構造単位を有する化合物である。高分子化合物BのGPCによるポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量Mwは2,200、多分散度Mw/Mnは1.51であった。
(Production Example 8: Base material B)
With reference to WO2010 / 128661, 9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene [2] (6.48 g, 0.018 mol), 2,4,6-trichloro-1,3,5-triazine [1] (4.06 g, 0.022 mol) and aniline (5.64 g, 0.06 mol) were used for synthesis to obtain 10.1 g of polymer compound B. The polymer compound B is a compound having the following structural unit. The weight average molecular weight Mw measured by GPC of the high molecular compound B in terms of polystyrene was 2,200, and the polydispersity Mw / Mn was 1.51.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 空気下、10mLナスフラスコに上記で得られた高分子化合物B2.0gを加え、溶媒としてシクロヘキサノン8.0gを加え、室温にて完全に溶解させ、高分子化合物Bの20質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液を調製した。
次いで、この20質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液1.0gに、シクロヘキサノン0.72gを加え、その後、架橋剤としてエポキシ基を含有する化合物であるエポリードGT-401(ダイセル化学工業(株)製)の10質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液0.15g(ポリマーの固形分を100質量部としたのに対して7.5質量部)を加えた。さらに、密着促進剤として3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製)の2質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液0.10g(ポリマーの固形分を100質量部としたのに対して1質量部)を加え、界面活性剤として、商品名メガファックR-30(DIC(株)製)の0.1質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液0.20g(ポリマーの固形分を100質量部としたのに対して0.1質量部)を加え、溶液が均一になるまで3時間撹拌した。撹拌後、溶質は完全に溶解し、無色薄黄色溶液として、固形分の総質量%が10質量%のポリマーワニス(下地材B)を得た。
Under air, 2.0 g of the polymer compound B obtained above is added to a 10 mL eggplant flask, and 8.0 g of cyclohexanone is added as a solvent, and completely dissolved at room temperature to prepare a 20 mass% cyclohexanone solution of the polymer compound B. did.
Next, 0.72 g of cyclohexanone was added to 1.0 g of this 20% by mass cyclohexanone solution, and then 10% by mass of Epolide GT-401 (produced by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.), which is a compound containing an epoxy group as a crosslinking agent. 0.15 g of cyclohexanone solution (7.5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the polymer) was added. Further, 0.10 g of a 2% by mass cyclohexanone solution of 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) as an adhesion promoter (1 mass relative to 100 mass parts of the solid content of the polymer) Parts) and 0.20 g of a 0.1% by weight cyclohexanone solution of the trade name Megafac R-30 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) as a surfactant (the solid content of the polymer was 100 parts by weight) 0.1 parts by mass) was added and stirred for 3 hours until the solution became homogeneous. After stirring, the solute was completely dissolved to obtain a polymer varnish (base material B) having a total mass% of solid content of 10 mass% as a colorless light yellow solution.
(製造例9:下地材C)
 空気下、10mLナスフラスコに上記で得られた高分子化合物B2.0gを加え、溶媒としてシクロヘキサノン8.0gを加え、室温にて完全に溶解させ、高分子化合物Bの20質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液を調製した。
 次いで、この20質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液1.0gにシクロヘキサノン0.72gを加え、その後、架橋剤としてブロック化イソシアナートを含有する化合物であるVESTAGON B 1065(デグザAG製)の10質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液0.10g(ポリマーの固形分を100質量部としたのに対して5質量部)を加えた。さらに、密着促進剤として2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製)の2質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液0.10g(ポリマーの固形分を100質量部としたのに対して1質量部)を加え、界面活性剤として、商品名メガファックR-30(DIC(株)製)の0.1質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液0.20g(ポリマーの固形分を100質量部としたのに対して0.1質量部)を加え、溶液が均一になるまで3時間撹拌した。撹拌後、溶質は完全に溶解し、無色薄黄色溶液として、固形分の総質量%が10質量%のポリマーワニス(下地材C)を得た。
(Production Example 9: Base material C)
Under air, 2.0 g of the polymer compound B obtained above is added to a 10 mL eggplant flask, and 8.0 g of cyclohexanone is added as a solvent, and completely dissolved at room temperature to prepare a 20 mass% cyclohexanone solution of the polymer compound B. did.
Subsequently, 0.72 g of cyclohexanone was added to 1.0 g of this 20% by mass cyclohexanone solution, and then 0.1% of a 10% by mass cyclohexanone solution of VESTAGON B 1065 (manufactured by Degussa AG), which is a compound containing a blocked isocyanate as a crosslinking agent. 10 g (5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the polymer) was added. Furthermore, 0.10 g of a 2% by weight cyclohexanone solution of 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) as an adhesion promoter (the solid content of the polymer was 100 parts by mass). 0.20 g of a 0.1% by weight cyclohexanone solution of the trade name Megafac R-30 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) as a surfactant (100 parts by weight of the solid content of the polymer). Was added for 0.1 hour, and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours until the solution became homogeneous. After stirring, the solute was completely dissolved, and a polymer varnish (underlying material C) having a total mass% of solid content of 10 mass% was obtained as a colorless light yellow solution.
<実施例1~9、比較例1~3>
 8インチシリコンウェハ上に、下地材A~CまたはCT-2010(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)をスピンコートで均一に塗布して塗布膜を形成し、形成された塗布膜を150℃のホットプレートで2分間、更に300℃のホットプレートで5分間加熱処理した。尚、スピンコートの塗布回転数は、上記加熱処理後の塗布膜の膜厚が約0.4μmとなるように調整した。
 以上のようにして、下地層付シリコンウェハを得た。
<Examples 1 to 9, Comparative Examples 1 to 3>
A base film A to C or CT-2010 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) is uniformly applied by spin coating on an 8-inch silicon wafer to form a coating film, and the formed coating film is 150 ° C. For 2 minutes, and further for 5 minutes on a 300 ° C. hot plate. The spin coating speed was adjusted so that the thickness of the coating film after the heat treatment was about 0.4 μm.
A silicon wafer with a base layer was obtained as described above.
 次に、上記で製造した着色感放射線性組成物(赤色感放射線性組成物、青色感放射線性組成物、または、緑色感放射線性組成物)を、上記で得た下地層付シリコンウェハの下地層上に乾燥後の膜厚が0.6μmになるようにスピンコーターを用いて塗布し、100℃のホットプレートを用いて120秒間加熱処理(プリベーク)を行った。
 次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を使用して、パターン露光は、21行×19列のマトリックス状に配列されたパターンの計399箇所に行なった。このとき、マトリックスのうちの上記21行は、最小露光量を500J/m2とし、500J/m2間隔で1行ごとに露光量を増加させた条件となっており、一方の上記19列は、焦点距離最適値(Foucus 0.0μm)を中心として0.1μm間隔で焦点距離を変化させた条件となっている。すなわち、中央1列を焦点距離最適値とし、1列ごとに焦点距離を変化させた条件とし、1.1μm角の正方形ピクセルパターンが4mm×3mmの範囲内に配列するように画像形成されるフォトマスクを用いた。
 その後、露光された塗布膜が形成されているシリコンウェハをスピン・シャワー現像機(DW-30型、(株)ケミトロニクス製)の水平回転テーブル上に載置し、CD-2060(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)を用いて23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行い、シリコンウェハ上に着色層(着色パターン)を形成した。
 着色層が形成されたシリコンウェハを純水でリンス処理を行い、その後スプレー乾燥した。
 さらに、200℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行い、着色剤に対応した着色画素を有するシリコンウェハ(カラーフィルタ)を得た。
 なお、各実施例および比較例で使用した下地層材料および着色感放射線性組成物の組み合わせは、後述する表1にまとめて示す。また、下地層の屈折率は、上述した方法(装置)で測定した。
Next, the colored radiation-sensitive composition (red radiation-sensitive composition, blue radiation-sensitive composition, or green radiation-sensitive composition) produced above is under the silicon wafer with the underlayer obtained above. It applied using a spin coater so that the film thickness after drying might be set to 0.6 micrometer on a base layer, and the heat processing (prebaking) were performed for 120 second using a 100 degreeC hotplate.
Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.), pattern exposure was performed at a total of 399 locations in a pattern arranged in a matrix of 21 rows × 19 columns. At this time, the above-mentioned 21 rows in the matrix are under the condition that the minimum exposure amount is 500 J / m 2 and the exposure amount is increased for each row at intervals of 500 J / m 2. The focal length is changed at intervals of 0.1 μm around the optimum focal length (Focus 0.0 μm). That is, the photo is formed so that a square pixel pattern of 1.1 μm square is arranged within a range of 4 mm × 3 mm under the condition that the focal length is optimal for the central row and the focal length is changed for each row. A mask was used.
Thereafter, the silicon wafer on which the exposed coating film is formed is placed on a horizontal rotary table of a spin shower developing machine (DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics), and CD-2060 (Fuji Film Electronics Co., Ltd.). Paddle development was performed at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds using Materials Co., Ltd. to form a colored layer (colored pattern) on the silicon wafer.
The silicon wafer on which the colored layer was formed was rinsed with pure water and then spray-dried.
Further, a heat treatment (post-bake) was performed for 300 seconds using a 200 ° C. hot plate to obtain a silicon wafer (color filter) having colored pixels corresponding to the colorant.
The combinations of the underlayer material and the colored radiation-sensitive composition used in each example and comparative example are collectively shown in Table 1 described later. Further, the refractive index of the underlayer was measured by the method (apparatus) described above.
<評価>
(パターン形成性)
 上記で得られたウエハ上に形成されている着色パターンを、測長SEM((株)日立製作所製 S-9260走査電子顕微鏡)を用いて測定し、露光部の着色パターンの寸法と未露光部の現像残りの程度をSEM像にて評価した。露光部と未露光部との間の現像液溶解度差がついており、露光部がマスクデザイン通りの寸法で画像形成されており、未露光部には溶解残渣がないことが望ましい。結果を下記表に示す。評価基準は、下記に示すが、A、Bは実用レベルである。
(評価基準)
 A:露光部は画像がマスクサイズに対して1:1で形成されており、未露光部には溶解残渣はなく、パターン形状は良好な矩形であった。
 B:露光部は画像がマスクサイズに対して1:1で形成されており、未露光部には溶解残渣はみられなかったが、パターン形状にやや乱れがあった。
 C:露光部ではパターンは形成しているが、マスクサイズに対して1:1で形成されていないか、あるいは未露光部に現像不良がみられた。
 D:未露光部がほとんど溶解せず、露光部もマスクサイズに対して1:1で形成されていなかった。
<Evaluation>
(Pattern formability)
The colored pattern formed on the wafer obtained above was measured using a length measuring SEM (S-9260 scanning electron microscope, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), and the size of the colored pattern in the exposed portion and the unexposed portion. The degree of development remaining was evaluated by SEM images. It is desirable that there is a difference in developer solubility between the exposed part and the unexposed part, the exposed part is imaged with the dimensions of the mask design, and there is no dissolved residue in the unexposed part. The results are shown in the table below. Although the evaluation criteria are shown below, A and B are practical levels.
(Evaluation criteria)
A: In the exposed portion, the image was formed at a ratio of 1: 1 with respect to the mask size. There was no dissolved residue in the unexposed portion, and the pattern shape was a good rectangle.
B: In the exposed area, the image was formed at a ratio of 1: 1 with respect to the mask size, and no dissolved residue was observed in the unexposed area, but the pattern shape was somewhat disturbed.
C: A pattern was formed in the exposed area, but it was not formed at a ratio of 1: 1 with respect to the mask size, or development failure was observed in the unexposed area.
D: The unexposed portion was hardly dissolved, and the exposed portion was not formed at 1: 1 with respect to the mask size.
(パターン密着性)
 ウエハ上に形成されている着色パターンを、測長SEM((株)日立製作所製 S-9260走査電子顕微鏡)を用いて観察し、露光部の密着性を光学顕微像にて評価した。マスクサイズと同じパターンサイズが得られている露光量にてパターンハガレがないことが望ましい。結果を下記表に示す。評価基準は、下記に示すが、A、Bは実用レベルである。
 <評価基準>
 A:パターンハガレ全く見られない。
 B:パターンハガレが1~5画素見られる。
 C:パターンハガレが6~100画素見られる。
 D:パターンハガレが101画素以上見られる。
(Pattern adhesion)
The colored pattern formed on the wafer was observed using a length measuring SEM (S-9260 scanning electron microscope manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), and the adhesion of the exposed portion was evaluated with an optical microscopic image. It is desirable that there is no pattern peeling at an exposure amount at which the same pattern size as the mask size is obtained. The results are shown in the table below. Although the evaluation criteria are shown below, A and B are practical levels.
<Evaluation criteria>
A: Pattern peeling is not seen at all.
B: 1 to 5 pixels of pattern peeling is observed.
C: Pattern peeling is observed in 6 to 100 pixels.
D: 101 pixels or more of pattern peeling is observed.
 各実施例および比較例の評価結果を、表1にまとめて示す。
 なお、表1中、「Red」は「赤色感放射線性組成物」、「Green」は「緑色感放射線性組成物」、「Blue」は「青色感放射線性組成物」を意図する。
The evaluation results of each example and comparative example are summarized in Table 1.
In Table 1, “Red” means “red radiation-sensitive composition”, “Green” means “green radiation-sensitive composition”, and “Blue” means “blue radiation-sensitive composition”.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035

 
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035

 
 
 表1に示すように、本発明のカラーフィルタの製造方法においては、着色層の密着性に優れると共に、残渣の発生も抑制されていた。
 一方、比較例に示すように、所定の屈折率を示さない下地層を使用した場合は、所望の効果が得られなかった。
As shown in Table 1, in the method for producing a color filter of the present invention, the adhesion of the colored layer was excellent and the generation of residues was also suppressed.
On the other hand, as shown in the comparative example, when an underlayer that does not exhibit a predetermined refractive index is used, a desired effect cannot be obtained.
 上述した下地材A~Cより形成される下地層を用いて、上述した図1の態様の有機EL表示装置(マイクロOLED)を作製した。より具体的には、基板(ガラス基板)上に、真空蒸着法により、第1電極、発光層、および、第2電極からなる有機EL素子を複数作製した。なお、図1に示す、有機EL素子間のピッチPは2μmであった。次に、保護層を配置し、保護層上に上述した下地材Aを用いて、上記実施例と同様の手順に従って、下地層を作製した。さらに、上述した赤色感放射線性組成物、緑色感放射線性組成物、および、青色感放射線性組成物を用いて、各有機EL素子に対向する位置に赤色着色層、緑色着色層、および、青色着色層(各着色層の大きさ2μm×2μm)を形成し、さらにその上に封止用基板を配置した。
 得られた有機EL表示装置中において、各着色層は優れた密着性を示すと共に、パターン形成性にも優れていた。
 なお、上記下地材Aの代わりに、下地材BおよびCを使用しても、同様に所望の効果が得られた。
Using the base layer formed from the base materials A to C described above, the organic EL display device (micro OLED) of the above-described embodiment of FIG. 1 was produced. More specifically, a plurality of organic EL elements composed of a first electrode, a light emitting layer, and a second electrode were produced on a substrate (glass substrate) by vacuum deposition. Note that the pitch P between the organic EL elements shown in FIG. 1 was 2 μm. Next, a protective layer was disposed, and a base layer was produced using the base material A described above on the protective layer according to the same procedure as in the above example. Furthermore, using the above-mentioned red radiation-sensitive composition, green radiation-sensitive composition, and blue radiation-sensitive composition, a red colored layer, a green colored layer, and a blue color are provided at positions facing each organic EL element. A colored layer (size of each colored layer: 2 μm × 2 μm) was formed, and a sealing substrate was further disposed thereon.
In the obtained organic EL display device, each colored layer exhibited excellent adhesion and was excellent in pattern formability.
In addition, even if it used base material B and C instead of the said base material A, the desired effect was acquired similarly.
 下地材Aにおいて、NaClを50質量ppm、30質量ppm、または5質量ppm添加したものをそれぞれ下地材A-1、A-2、A-3とした。
 下地材Bにおいて、NaClを50質量ppm、30質量ppm、または5質量ppm添加したものをそれぞれ下地材B-1、B-2、B-3とした。
 下地材Cにおいて、NaClを50質量ppm、30質量ppm、または5質量ppm添加したものをそれぞれ下地材C-1、C-2、C-3とした。
 これらの下地材を用いたこと以外は、実施例1~9と同様にして下地層及びカラーフィルタを形成した。その結果、下地層の欠陥の発生が低減されていることが確認できた。
Base materials A to which NaCl was added at 50 mass ppm, 30 mass ppm, or 5 mass ppm were designated as base materials A-1, A-2, and A-3, respectively.
Base materials B to which NaCl was added at 50 mass ppm, 30 mass ppm, or 5 mass ppm were designated as base materials B-1, B-2, and B-3, respectively.
Base materials C to which NaCl was added at 50 ppm by mass, 30 ppm by mass, or 5 ppm by mass were designated as base materials C-1, C-2, and C-3, respectively.
A base layer and a color filter were formed in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 9 except that these base materials were used. As a result, it was confirmed that the occurrence of defects in the underlayer was reduced.
 下地材Aにおいて、高屈折率低分子化合物(フルオレン構造を有する低分子化合物(上記式(B)))を高分子化合物A全質量に対して、10質量%、7質量%、または5質量%さらに添加し、それぞれ下地材A-4、A-5、A-6とした。
 下地材Bにおいて、高屈折率低分子化合物(フルオレン構造を有する低分子化合物(上記式(B)))を高分子化合物A全質量に対して、10質量%、7質量%、または5質量%さらに添加し、それぞれ下地材B-4、B-5、B-6とした。
 下地材Cにおいて、高屈折率低分子化合物(フルオレン構造を有する低分子化合物(上記式(B)))を高分子化合物A全質量に対して、10質量%、7質量%、または5質量%さらに添加し、それぞれ下地材C-4、C-5、C-6とした。
 これらの下地材を用いたこと以外は、実施例1~9と同様にして下地層及びカラーフィルタを形成した。その結果、下地層の屈折率が向上することが確認できた。
In the base material A, the high-refractive-index low-molecular compound (low-molecular compound having a fluorene structure (the above formula (B))) is 10% by mass, 7% by mass, or 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound A. Further, they were added to make base materials A-4, A-5, and A-6, respectively.
In the base material B, the high-refractive-index low-molecular compound (low-molecular compound having a fluorene structure (the above formula (B))) is 10% by mass, 7% by mass, or 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound A. Further, they were added as base materials B-4, B-5, and B-6, respectively.
In the base material C, the high-refractive-index low-molecular compound (low-molecular compound having a fluorene structure (the above formula (B))) is 10% by mass, 7% by mass, or 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound A. Further, the base materials C-4, C-5, and C-6 were added, respectively.
A base layer and a color filter were formed in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 9 except that these base materials were used. As a result, it was confirmed that the refractive index of the underlayer was improved.
 10  基板
 20  有機EL素子
 30  保護膜
 40  下地層
 50  着色層
 50R  赤色着色層
 50G  緑色着色層
 50B  青色着色層
 60  封止用基板
 100  有機EL表示装置(マイクロOLED)
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 Substrate 20 Organic EL element 30 Protective film 40 Underlayer 50 Colored layer 50R Red colored layer 50G Green colored layer 50B Blue colored layer 60 Substrate for sealing 100 Organic EL display device (micro OLED)

Claims (12)

  1.  支持体上に、波長633nmにおける屈折率が1.60以上の下地層を形成する下地層形成工程と、
     前記下地層上に、(A)着色剤、(B)重合開始剤、および(C)重合性化合物を含む、着色感放射線性組成物を用いて着色層を形成する着色層形成工程と、
     を含む、カラーフィルタの製造方法。
    An underlayer forming step of forming an underlayer having a refractive index of 1.60 or more at a wavelength of 633 nm on a support;
    A colored layer forming step of forming a colored layer on the underlayer using a colored radiation-sensitive composition containing (A) a colorant, (B) a polymerization initiator, and (C) a polymerizable compound;
    A method for producing a color filter, comprising:
  2.  前記着色剤が顔料であり、その含有量が、前記着色感放射線性組成物の全質量に対して、45質量%以上である、請求項1に記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法。 The method for producing a color filter according to claim 1, wherein the colorant is a pigment, and the content thereof is 45% by mass or more based on the total mass of the colored radiation-sensitive composition.
  3.  前記下地層が、波長633nmにおける屈折率が1.60以上の有機化合物を含有する、請求項1または2に記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法。 The method for producing a color filter according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the underlayer contains an organic compound having a refractive index of 1.60 or more at a wavelength of 633 nm.
  4.  前記下地層がトリアジン環含有重合体を含有する、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法。 The method for producing a color filter according to claim 1, wherein the underlayer contains a triazine ring-containing polymer.
  5.  前記トリアジン環含有重合体が、式(1A)~式(4A)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含む、請求項4に記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (式(1A)中、R1AおよびR2Aは、互いに独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、またはアラルキル基を表す。Arは、芳香環および複素環のいずれか一方または双方を含む2価の有機基を表す。*は結合位置を示す。
     式(2A)中、R1AおよびR2Aは、互いに独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、またはアラルキル基を表す。Arは、芳香環および複素環のいずれか一方または双方を含む2価の有機基を表す。R3Aは、アルキル基、アラルキル基、アリール基、アルキルアミノ基、アルコキシシリル基含有アルキルアミノ基、アラルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、アルコキシ基、アラルキルオキシ基またはアリールオキシ基を表す。*は結合位置を示す。
     式(3A)中、Arは、芳香環および複素環のいずれか一方または双方を含む2価の有機基を表す。*は結合位置を示す。
     式(4A)中、R4A~R9Aは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基、Wで置換されていてもよいフェニル基、またはWで置換されていてもよいナフチル基を表す。Y1およびY2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表す。Z1およびZ2は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基、または、Wで置換されていてもよいフェニレン基を表す。Wは、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基、またはヒドロキシ基を表し、nは、0または1以上の整数を表す。*は結合位置を示す。)
    The method for producing a color filter according to claim 4, wherein the triazine ring-containing polymer contains at least one selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by formulas (1A) to (4A).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (In Formula (1A), R 1A and R 2A each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group. Ar represents one of an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring, or Represents a divalent organic group containing both, * indicates a bonding position.
    In formula (2A), R 1A and R 2A each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group. Ar represents a divalent organic group containing one or both of an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring. R 3A represents an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylamino group, an alkoxysilyl group-containing alkylamino group, an aralkylamino group, an arylamino group, an alkoxy group, an aralkyloxy group, or an aryloxy group. * Indicates a binding position.
    In formula (3A), Ar represents a divalent organic group containing one or both of an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring. * Indicates a binding position.
    In the formula (4A), R 4A to R 9A each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group optionally substituted with W, Alternatively, it represents a naphthyl group which may be substituted with W. Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenylene group optionally substituted with W. W represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a hydroxy group, and n represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more. * Indicates a binding position. )
  6.  前記下地層中における前記トリアジン環含有重合体の含有量が、前記下地層全質量に対して、40質量%以上である、請求項4または5に記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法。 The method for producing a color filter according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the content of the triazine ring-containing polymer in the underlayer is 40% by mass or more based on the total mass of the underlayer.
  7.  前記トリアジン環含有重合体の重量平均分子量が1000~100000である、請求項4~6のいずれか1項に記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法。 The method for producing a color filter according to any one of claims 4 to 6, wherein the triazine ring-containing polymer has a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 100,000.
  8.  前記下地層中に金属粒子または金属酸化物粒子が実質的に含まれない、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載のカラーフィルタの製造方法。 The method for producing a color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the underlayer is substantially free of metal particles or metal oxide particles.
  9.  カラーフィルタに含まれる着色層の下地層を形成するために使用される下地層形成用組成物であって、トリアジン環含有重合体を含有する下地層形成用組成物。 An underlayer forming composition used for forming an underlayer of a colored layer contained in a color filter, the underlayer forming composition containing a triazine ring-containing polymer.
  10.  さらに、高屈折率低分子化合物としてフルオレン構造を有する化合物を含有する、請求項9に記載の下地層形成用組成物。 Furthermore, the composition for base layer formation of Claim 9 containing the compound which has a fluorene structure as a high refractive index low molecular weight compound.
  11.  さらに、NaClを含有する、請求項9または10に記載の下地層形成用組成物。 Furthermore, the composition for base layer formation of Claim 9 or 10 containing NaCl.
  12.  有機EL素子と、下地層と、着色層とを有する有機EL表示装置であって、
     前記下地層が、波長633nmにおける屈折率が1.60以上の下地層である、有機EL表示装置。
     
     
     
    An organic EL display device having an organic EL element, a base layer, and a colored layer,
    An organic EL display device, wherein the base layer is a base layer having a refractive index of 1.60 or more at a wavelength of 633 nm.


PCT/JP2014/063909 2013-05-27 2014-05-27 Method for producing color filter, composition for forming base layer, and organic el display device WO2014192716A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020157032410A KR20150143679A (en) 2013-05-27 2014-05-27 Method for producing color filter, composition for forming base layer, and organic el display device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013111388 2013-05-27
JP2013-111388 2013-05-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014192716A1 true WO2014192716A1 (en) 2014-12-04

Family

ID=51988745

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/063909 WO2014192716A1 (en) 2013-05-27 2014-05-27 Method for producing color filter, composition for forming base layer, and organic el display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2015007766A (en)
KR (1) KR20150143679A (en)
TW (1) TW201512709A (en)
WO (1) WO2014192716A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015098525A1 (en) * 2013-12-27 2015-07-02 日産化学工業株式会社 Resist underlayer film-forming composition containing copolymer that has triazine ring and sulfur atom in main chain

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101916782B1 (en) * 2015-03-06 2018-11-08 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Device including black matrix and patterning method of the black matrix
US9709710B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2017-07-18 Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. Device including light blocking layer and method of patterning the light blocking layer
KR101990230B1 (en) * 2015-04-08 2019-06-17 아사히 가세이 가부시키가이샤 Photosensitive resin composition
JP6790826B2 (en) * 2015-09-28 2020-11-25 東レ株式会社 Polymer compound, resin composition, film, solid-state image sensor, method for manufacturing polymer compound, method for manufacturing solid-state image sensor, and optical device
TWI781095B (en) * 2016-03-31 2022-10-21 日商Dnp精細化工股份有限公司 Resin composition, color filter and image display device
JP6824263B2 (en) * 2016-06-09 2021-02-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for producing coloring composition and film
JP6930092B2 (en) * 2016-11-17 2021-09-01 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Electro-optic equipment, manufacturing method of electro-optical equipment, and electronic devices
JP6708576B2 (en) * 2017-03-01 2020-06-10 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition for base film of color filter, laminated body, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP7330898B2 (en) * 2017-05-03 2023-08-22 メルク パテント ゲーエムベーハー Formulation of organic functional material
KR20230159906A (en) 2022-05-16 2023-11-23 안희태 How to wirelessly transmit sensor information from a bow target

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05196809A (en) * 1992-01-23 1993-08-06 Sekisui Chem Co Ltd Color filter
JP2005162785A (en) * 2003-11-28 2005-06-23 Osaka Gas Co Ltd Fluorene skeleton-containing resin composition and molded product therefrom
JP2007194168A (en) * 2006-01-23 2007-08-02 Denso Corp Organic electroluminescent element and its manufacturing method
JP2007269973A (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-18 Univ Of Tokyo Photosensitive resin and photosensitive composition and optically cross-linked product
US20080151152A1 (en) * 2006-12-21 2008-06-26 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Color filter substrate and liquid crystal display panel including the same
JP2010175599A (en) * 2009-01-27 2010-08-12 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Color filter and liquid crystal display device including same
WO2010128661A1 (en) * 2009-05-07 2010-11-11 日産化学工業株式会社 Triazine ring-containing polymer and film-forming composition comprising same

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5657442B2 (en) 2011-03-22 2015-01-21 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored radiation-sensitive composition, pattern forming method, color filter, method for producing the color filter, and solid-state imaging device

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05196809A (en) * 1992-01-23 1993-08-06 Sekisui Chem Co Ltd Color filter
JP2005162785A (en) * 2003-11-28 2005-06-23 Osaka Gas Co Ltd Fluorene skeleton-containing resin composition and molded product therefrom
JP2007194168A (en) * 2006-01-23 2007-08-02 Denso Corp Organic electroluminescent element and its manufacturing method
JP2007269973A (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-18 Univ Of Tokyo Photosensitive resin and photosensitive composition and optically cross-linked product
US20080151152A1 (en) * 2006-12-21 2008-06-26 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Color filter substrate and liquid crystal display panel including the same
JP2010175599A (en) * 2009-01-27 2010-08-12 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Color filter and liquid crystal display device including same
WO2010128661A1 (en) * 2009-05-07 2010-11-11 日産化学工業株式会社 Triazine ring-containing polymer and film-forming composition comprising same

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015098525A1 (en) * 2013-12-27 2015-07-02 日産化学工業株式会社 Resist underlayer film-forming composition containing copolymer that has triazine ring and sulfur atom in main chain
JPWO2015098525A1 (en) * 2013-12-27 2017-03-23 日産化学工業株式会社 Resist underlayer film forming composition comprising a copolymer having a triazine ring and a sulfur atom in the main chain
US9678427B2 (en) 2013-12-27 2017-06-13 Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Resist underlayer film-forming composition containing copolymer that has triazine ring and sulfur atom in main chain

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201512709A (en) 2015-04-01
JP2015007766A (en) 2015-01-15
KR20150143679A (en) 2015-12-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI723994B (en) Colored composition, film, color filter, pattern forming method, method of manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and infrared sensor
KR101891094B1 (en) Coloring composition, and cured film, color filter, pattern-forming method, method for producing color filter, solid state imaging element, image display device and dye polymer using coloring composition
WO2014192716A1 (en) Method for producing color filter, composition for forming base layer, and organic el display device
JP6159348B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP6166682B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP6008891B2 (en) Colored radiation-sensitive composition, colored cured film, color filter, colored pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and liquid crystal display device
JP6476302B2 (en) Colored layer manufacturing method, color filter, light shielding film, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
KR101898020B1 (en) Red coloring composition for use in color filter, colored film, color filter, and solid-state imaging element
JP6180302B2 (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, pattern, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TW201635026A (en) Coloring photosensitive composition, cured film, pattern forming method, infrared blocking filter with light shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device and infrared sensor
TWI682973B (en) Curable composition, method for manufacturing curable composition, film, infrared cut filter, infrared transmission filter, pattern forming method and device
JP6131168B2 (en) Red photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP6205288B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7126537B2 (en) Coloring composition, method for producing coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP2015151530A (en) Composite and production method of the same, colored composition, cured film, color filter, production method of color filter, solid state imaging element, and image display device, as well as laminate
WO2016072259A1 (en) Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JPWO2016103958A1 (en) Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
KR101864167B1 (en) Radiation-sensitive composition, manufacturing method therefor, cured film, color filter, manufacturing method therefor, patterning method, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP2017125953A (en) Radiation-sensitive composition, film, color filter, light blocking film and solid state image senor
KR102041836B1 (en) Negative curable coloring composition, cured film, color filter, pattern forming method and apparatus
WO2017213028A1 (en) Coloring composition and method for producing film

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14803867

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157032410

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14803867

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1